Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Color or intensity

Subclass of:

345 - Computer graphics processing and selective visual display systems

345418000 - COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING

345581000 - Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
345593000 Color selection 165
345600000 Color bit data modification or conversion 116
345590000 Gamut clipping or adjustment 90
345592000 Transparency (mixing color values) 70
345596000 Dither or halftone 61
345591000 Color processing in perceptual color space 33
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20100156924LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device capable of improving reliability of a backlight unit is disclosed.06-24-2010
20130044122COLOR ADJUSTMENT CIRCUIT, DIGITAL COLOR ADJUSTMENT DEVICE AND MULTIMEDIA APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A digital color adjustment device for a multimedia apparatus is provided. The digital color adjustment device performs color adjustment on a received pixel color data and sends to a display unit of the multimedia apparatus for display. The digital color adjustment device includes a hue shift lookup table, a saturation mapping lookup table, a brightness transformation lookup table and a non-linear output lookup table. The digital color adjustment device performs gamut mapping non-linear adjustment and/or independent color non-linear adjustment.02-21-2013
20110199385SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RENDERING PIXELS WITH AT LEAST ONE SEMI-TRANSPARENT SURFACE - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for rendering pixels with multiple semi-transparent surfaces. In use, a pixel is identified. Additionally, an operation to generate a plurality of samples for the pixel is performed. Further, a subset of the samples for each of at least one semi-transparent surface associated with the pixel is selected at least in part in a random manner. Moreover, the pixel is rendered utilizing the selected subset of the samples for each of the at least one semi-transparent surface.08-18-2011
20100118047MULTISPECTRAL IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND COLOR REPRODUCTION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A multispectral image processing device of the present invention comprising: a base image conversion unit 05-13-2010
20100118046METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving an electrophoretic display device including a display unit that has a plurality of pixels and an electrophoretic element disposed between substrates forming one pair. The method includes setting an area that at least includes a pixel forming an image component that is formed to have a first gray scale and a pixel that is disposed to be adjacent to the pixel forming the contour of the image component and represents a second gray scale as an image removing area and selectively changing the pixels that constitute the image removing area to have the second gray scale.05-13-2010
20110181610METHOD FOR CONVERTING A DIGITAL IMAGE INTO A MULTI-DIMENSIONAL GEO-REFERENCED DATA STRUCTURE - The present invention is directed to a computer-implemented method for converting a digital image into a multi-dimensional geo-referenced data structure. The method includes pre-processing or preparing a digital image, defining a color map comprising values for the prepared digital image, defining geometry and location values for the prepared digital image, creating a data structure by assigning to each pixel in the digital image a value, based on the closest match in the color map, and an interpolated geometry and location value, based on the geometry and location values; and transmitting the data structure to an interpretation application and creating a multi-dimensional geo-referenced data structure for interpretation.07-28-2011
20110205238CLIENT BROWSER IMAGE RENDERING METHOD AND SYSTEM - A system and method for displaying a transformation of a server image on a display, the server image is stored on a server and has a first dynamic range, the display has a second dynamic range, the second dynamic range is less than the first dynamic range. The method includes the steps of selecting a desired window level; determining a server window level, where the server window level contains the desired window level; performing a window level operation on the server image at the server to generate the server window level; transmitting the server window level from the server to a client; determining a third window level so that the third window level when combined with the server window level is substantially equal to the desired window level; performing the third window level on the server window to yield the desired window level; and displaying the desired window level on the display.08-25-2011
20090195550Display device and controlling method thereof - A system and method for controlling a display device includes a display panel, an on-screen display (OSD) system, and a gamma correction circuit. The OSD system includes an input system configured for adjusting a gamma value. The gamma correction circuit is configured for receiving a plurality of original grays, and outputting a plurality of correction grays according to the adjusted gamma value and the original grays to the display panel.08-06-2009
20090195549Color gradient generating method and device - Color gradient generating method and device are provided. The color gradient generating method includes the steps of: setting at least two colors in a color table including a plurality of colors as control points; storing interpolated colors between the control points; calculating a distance of a position, a color of which should be determined, in coordinates; and determining one interpolated color corresponding to the calculated distance as a color of the position. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the operating time of a graphic processor and to use the calculation result in image coordinates again, thereby reducing a load of the graphic processor.08-06-2009
20090195548Method and Apparatus for Improved Display of Digital Mammographic Images - A method and apparatus for improved display of digital mammographic images, which include at least two mammograms that represent different orientation views on a display. It is intended that a place on a mammographic image of a first orientation view and a correspondence strip (08-06-2009
20110187735VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE - In order to simply and easily implement an elimination of a color deviation and a color adjustment for a color correction to a favorable color in an arbitrary portion of a color region in a color reproduction range, a video processing circuit 08-04-2011
20130207991WEARABLE DISPLAYS METHODS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA FOR DETERMINING DISPLAY CONDITIONS - A wearable display includes processors and a memory. The memory stores computer-readable instructions therein. When executed by the processors, the instructions instruct the processors to perform certain processes. The instructions instruct the processors to obtain a color level of an environment external to the wearable display. The instructions instruct the processors to determine a quantity of display colors based on the color level. The instructions instruct the processors to control a display device to display an image using a number of display colors equal to the quantity of display colors determined based on the color level. The image includes display objects. Each of the display objects is displayed in at least one of the display colors.08-15-2013
20130207990IMAGING SERVICE FOR AUTOMATING THE DISPLAY OF IMAGES - An imaging service for automating the display of a plurality of images to create to create a visual presentation is disclosed. The imaging service accesses images of a location, arranges them such that they create a desired visual effect when displayed, and combines them in a visual presentation. The imaging service may employ a client/server system, in which case images and information are uploaded from a client, and the visual presentation is downloaded to the client. The imaging service may also receive compensation from a computer user for using the imaging service.08-15-2013
20130207989CHARACTER HIGHLIGHTING CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, HIGHLIGHTING DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - The present invention provides a character highlighting control apparatus including a character pixel extractor and a highlighting degree controller. The character pixel extractor is configured to extract a pixel corresponding to a character part from input image data. The highlighting degree controller is configured to carry out control in such a way that a maximum emission luminance of a display device is linked with input image data, to thereby selectively increase an emission luminance of an extracted pixel on a display screen and avoid increase of an emission luminance of a background part on the display screen.08-15-2013
20110193875IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device that corrects unevenness of a display image that is generated by overlapping a plurality of images, includes: a correction table storing unit that stores a plurality of types of correction tables; and an unevenness correction processing unit that performs an unevenness correcting process of an input image signal corresponding to the plurality of images based on a correction table selected from the plurality of types of correction tables stored in the correction table storing unit that corresponds to a designated display mode.08-11-2011
20110193874COLOR ELECTRONIC PAPER KEYPAD DEVICE - A color electronic paper keypad device is provided that includes an electronic paper sheet having a plurality of electrode patterns. One or more of the plurality of electrode patterns displays a color depending on whether an electric field is applied. The device also includes a color display disposed over the electronic paper sheet. The color display changes the displayed color depending on whether a second electric field is applied. An illumination light reflects from or transmits through the color display to change the displayed color of the one or more electrode patterns. The device further includes a front light unit for illuminating said color display.08-11-2011
20110193873DEVICE AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MOSAIC IMAGE INCLUDING TEXT - A device and a method for generating a mosaic image including a text is provided. The method includes configuring, upon receiving a request for generating the mosaic image, a mosaic generation screen and displaying the mosaic generation screen; receiving a text input from a user; producing a mosaic unit image that includes the input text; receiving a user-selection of an original image from among at least one original image; and generating the mosaic image for the selected original image.08-11-2011
20110193872CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HYBRID DAYLIGHT-COUPLED BACKLIGHTS FOR SUNLIGHT VIEWABLE DISPLAYS - A control system for a hybrid daylight-coupled display having an LCD panel, a diffuser, and a curved reflector behind the LCD panel, and an active backlight for providing backlighting from an active light source. For passive backlighting, the diffuser transmits daylight to the reflector, which reflects the daylight to the LCD panel and provides substantially uniform distribution of the daylight on the LCD panel for backlighting it. The control system comprises a sensor unit detecting ambient light level surrounding the LCD display and another sensor unit detecting backlights provided by the active backlight and the daylight. The control system adjusts the brightness of the active backlight based on data from the two sensor units.08-11-2011
20110193871RENDERING MULTI-LAYERED IMAGE - A multi-layered image may be rasterized onto a background by considering each layer in the image from front to back. The alpha channel of a background buffer is cleared, so that it may act as an accumulator of total consumed opacity. Each image layer, from front to back, is then considered. For each layer, the layer's alpha value is multiplied by the complement of the alpha channel's current value, and the product is added to the background alpha channel. The background alpha channel is then multiplied by a global alpha value. The background color values are then pre-darkened by the complement of the resulting background alpha channel value. The background alpha channel is then cleared again, and the layers are rasterized and added, from front to back, onto the pre-darkened background, this time taking into consideration the per-layer color values.08-11-2011
20110193870Off axis halo reduction - A method for modifying an image to be displayed on a display includes receiving an image to be displayed on the display having a backlight and a transmissive panel. A backlight signal is provided to the backlight for causing the backlight to selectively illuminate different portions of the backlight with different characteristics. The characteristics include at least one of a different color and a difference luminance. A panel signal is provided to the panel for causing the transmissive panel to selectively change its transmittivities. At least one of the backlight signal and the panel signal are modified in a manner to reduce off-axis artifacts in selected regions of the display.08-11-2011
20090122072GRAPHICS PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The embodiments discussed herein involve flood filling a region with anti-aliasing. In forming a fill region, a candidate pixel can be included in the region based on a color of the pixel and also a color of a neighbor of the point. The inclusion basis may be a color distance between a seed color and the points, and a color distance between the seed color and the point's neighbor. Points in the region may be weighted according to their color distance relative to the seed color, where the color distance can also take into account alpha values. Flood filling may be anti-aliased by assigning alpha values to pixels in gaps between corners of the fill region, where an alpha value may be proportional to a point's contribution to the gap. Dimples in a fill region may be tested for and used to determine which of two flood fill algorithms to use.05-14-2009
20130076774ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING FUNCTION OF AUTOMATICALLY ARRANGING ICONS AND METHOD THEREFOR - The present disclosure provides an electronic device having a function of automatically arranging icons. The device includes a screen for displaying a plurality of icons, each icon corresponding to an application and a usage parameter, and a processing unit to record usage parameters of all the icons and update usage parameter of an icon if the corresponding application of the icon is run, and rearrange all the icons and display the rearranged icons on the screen.03-28-2013
20130076773NONLINEAR REVISION CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMAGES - A nonlinear revision control system for images is designed with the common digital editing and sketching workflows in mind. DAG (directed acyclic graph) is used as the core structure and DAG nodes represent editing operations, and DAG edges indicate the corresponding spatial, temporal and semantic relationships. DAG is visualized in RevG (revision graph), which provides not only a meaningful display of the revision history, but also an intuitive interface for common revision control operations such as review, replay, diff, addition, branching, merging, and conflict resolving. Beyond revision control, the system also facilitates artistic creation processes in common image editing and digital painting workflows. A prototype system has been built upon GIMP, an open source image editor, and demonstrates its effectiveness through a formative user study and comparisons with alternative revision control systems.03-28-2013
20130076775DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - It is an object of the invention to provide a display device which performs high grayscale display in accordance with display contents and a game machine with an improved realistic sensation. The invention is a display device characterized by including a pixel portion which performs display based on a video signal and a driver circuit portion inputted with the video signal, wherein the driver circuit portion has a unit for controlling a grayscale in accordance with display of the pixel portion. In a liquid crystal display device, luminance of a lighting unit is controlled based on a signal from the unit for controlling a grayscale whereas a current supplied to a light emitting element is controlled in a light emitting device. By applying such a display device to a game machine, a realistic sensation can be improved.03-28-2013
20130076772HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE IMAGE EDITING - A high dynamic range image editing system for editing an image file having pixels spanning a first range of light intensity levels in an image editing system that only displays differences in the light intensity levels of pixels within a second range of light intensity levels that is less than the first range of light intensity levels, without reducing the range of light intensity levels in the image file.03-28-2013
20130044121ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY CAPABLE OF REDUCING GHOST SHADOWS AND FRAME REFRESH METHOD THEREOF - An electrophoretic display capable of reducing ghost shadows includes an electrophoretic panel, a pixel gray level recording unit, and a control signal generation unit. The electrophoretic panel includes a plurality of pixels. The pixel gray level recording unit is used for recording gray levels of the plurality of pixels when the electrophoretic panel displays a frame according to an image signal. The control signal generation unit is coupled to the pixel gray level recording unit and the plurality of pixels for providing a first refresh control signal for a first group pixels of the plurality of pixels and a second refresh control signal different from the first refresh control signal for a second group pixels of the plurality of pixels according to the gray levels of the plurality of pixels when the electrophoretic panel refreshes the frame according to the image signal.02-21-2013
20130044120THERMAL COLOR SHIFT REDUCTION IN LCDS - Systems, methods, and devices are provided for an electronic display with thermally compensated pixels. Such an electronic display may have an array of pixels, at least some of which may be thermally compensated pixels that exhibit reduced color shift over a 20° C. change in temperature. These thermally compensated pixels may have numbers of pixel electrode fingers, pixel electrode widths and spacings, cell gap depths, and/or pixel edge distances that cause the array of pixels to exhibit a reduced color shift than otherwise (e.g., a color shift of less than delta u′v′ of about 0.0092 from a starting white point) when the temperature of the electronic display changes from about 30° C. to about 50° C.02-21-2013
20100073395IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - This invention provides an image processing device and an image processing method capable of generating synthetic image data containing effective image information without being influenced by the variation of the photographing environment. A correcting portion updates (shifts) a “brightness” upper and lower limit range according to a deviation ΔE received from a deviation calculating portion. The correcting portion accepts an initial value Emax0 of the “brightness” upper limit and an initial value Emin0 of the lower limit in advance, so that the “brightness” upper limit and lower limit after update is (Emax0+ΔE) and (Emin0+ΔE), respectively. The “brightness” upper and lower limit range after the update calculated by the correcting portion is provided to a tone mapping unit.03-25-2010
20100073394Graphics system with embedded frame buffer having reconfigurable pixel formats - A graphics system including a custom graphics and audio processor produces exciting 2D and 3D graphics and surround sound. The system includes a graphics and audio processor including a 3D graphics pipeline and an audio digital signal processor. The graphics system has a graphics processor includes an embedded frame buffer for storing frame data prior to sending the frame data to an external location, such as main memory. The embedded frame buffer is selectively configurable to store the following pixel formats: point sampled RGB color and depth, super-sampled RGB color and depth, and YUV (luma/chroma). Graphics commands are provided which enable the programmer to configure the embedded frame buffer for any of the pixel formats on a frame-by-frame basis.03-25-2010
20100073393CONTENT DETECTION OF A PART OF AN IMAGE - Methods for image content detection calculate (03-25-2010
20130083050IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE FOR DIRECT DRAWING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image display device for direct drawing apparatus for performing direct drawing comprising: an acquisition part for acquiring design data in a vector format describing the pattern; a specified parameter setting part for setting a specified parameter to be used for RIP development of the design data; a processing area setting part for setting a processing area of the design data to be subjected to RIP development; a display RIP development part for performing RIP development of a portion of the design data, which corresponds to the processing area, by using the specified parameter, to thereby obtain a specified image; and a display part for visibly displaying the specified image, wherein the RIP development performed by the display RIP development part is a display RIP development in which the amount of processed data is smaller than that in drawing RIP development for the direct drawing.04-04-2013
20130038623COMPUTER DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM AND CONTROL METHOD - A computer device is provided, in which in a case where a user manipulates characters displayed on a touch screen via a manipulation section displayed on the display, the user can easily figure out images located behind and overlapping with the manipulation section. A game machine includes a virtual manipulation section display module (virtual manipulation section display means) for displaying on a touch screen, a virtual manipulation section which accepts a user's manipulation; and a display color changing module (display color changing means) for changing display color information of the virtual manipulation section in response to the user's manipulation.02-14-2013
20130038622METHODS FOR COMPENSATING IMAGES AND PRODUCING BUILT-IN COMPENSATING MATRIX SET AND E-PAPER DISPLAY DEVICE THEREOF - A method for compensating images, applied to an e-paper display where pixels are arranged as a pixel array displaying N-level grayscale images. Standard images from a first standard image to an N-th standard image which respectively correspond to a first-level grayscale value to the N-th-level grayscale value are provided. The e-paper display respectively displays the standard images. Actual grayscale values of each pixel of the e-paper display, from a first actual grayscale value corresponding to the first standard image to the N-th actual grayscale value corresponding to the N-th standard image, are obtained. Each m-th actual grayscale value is compared with an m-th-level grayscale value to generate an m-th compensating matrix, wherein m is a positive integer from 1 to N. Therefore, compensating matrices from a first compensating matrix to an N-th compensating matrix are generated and used to compensate an input image of the e-paper display.02-14-2013
20130033515Image Display Apparatus and Image Display Method - When the degree of reliability of a motion vector is equal to or higher than a threshold, an interpolated image is generated, and the image of a frame of interest and the interpolated image are output to a panel in the order named. Every time the image is output, a backlight is turned on. When the degree of reliability is lower than the threshold, the image of the frame of interest is output twice to the panel. Every time the image is output, the backlight is controlled to alternately set its light amount to the first light amount and the second light amount smaller than the first light amount.02-07-2013
20130033516METHOD OF GENERATING A FINAL COLOUR VERSION OF A SOURCE IMAGE FROM A FIRST SET OF DIFFERENT INTERMEDIATE COLOUR VERSIONS - This method comprises the following steps: 02-07-2013
20100045694Image Display Apparatus - In a local dimming technology for reducing power consumption of a display device using a backlight as in a liquid crystal display, the backlight is configured by a plurality of independently controllable light sources, an image is divided into areas of the same number as that of the controllable light sources and light emission intensity of the light source is calculated based on a feature value of each area. However, this technology has a problem that when a backlight luminance distribution within each area is not uniform, image quality is deteriorated or a power consumption reduction effect is lowered.02-25-2010
20100045693PICTURE ATTRIBUTE ALLOCATION - The invention concerns image processing and, in particular, the processing of picture attribute fields for an image. A method of obtaining a new picture attribute field of an image is disclosed in which a picture attribute value at one position is allocated to a new position in the image in dependence upon the value of a parameter, such as luminance data, at the original position and at the new position and/or in dependence on the distance between the original position and the new position. The invention may be used to process picture attribute fields comprising: motion vectors; motion vector confidence; segment labels; depth labels; texture labels.02-25-2010
20100045695SUBPIXEL RENDERING AREA RESAMPLE FUNCTIONS FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - Input image data indicating an image is rendered to a display panel in a display device or system that is substantially configured with a three primary color or multi-primary color subpixel repeating group using a subpixel rendering operation based on area resampling techniques. Examples of expanded area resample functions have properties that maintain color balance in the output image and, in some embodiments, are evaluated using an increased number of input image sample points farther away in distance from the subpixel being reconstructed than in prior disclosed techniques. One embodiment of an expanded area resample function is a cosine function for which is provided an example of an approximate numerical evaluation method. The functions and their evaluation techniques may also be utilized in constructing novel sharpening filters, including a Difference-of-Cosine filter.02-25-2010
20120206477INFORMATION RETRIEVAL DEVICE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL METHOD - An information retrieval device comprises a dictionary storage module which stores an entry word, explanatory information that includes an image corresponding to the entry word, and color information on the image so as to correlate the entry word, the explanatory information, and the color information with one another, a color sample display module, a color specify module which specifies an arbitrary color from the color sample displayed, a color retrieval module which retrieves explanatory information stored in the dictionary storage module so as to be correlated with color information corresponding to a color specified, and a retrieved information output module which outputs explanatory information retrieved.08-16-2012
20130038621DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a display device with reduced power consumption and that reduces changes in luminance, and perceptibility of flicker, and a driving method thereof. A display device according to an exemplary embodiment comprises: a display panel configured to display a still image and a motion picture; a signal controller configured to control signals for driving the display panel; and a graphics processing unit configured to transmit input image data to the signal controller, wherein the signal controller comprises a frame memory configured to store the input image data, and the display panel is driven at a first frequency when the motion picture is displayed and the display panel is driven at a second frequency that is lower than the first frequency when the still image is displayed.02-14-2013
20130135333LIGHT ADJUSTMENT DEVICE AND LIGHT SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A light system includes a lamp, a user operation interface, a control unit and a communication unit. The user operation interface is adapted to be used by a user to select a brightness value or a color temperature value, wherein the user operation interface includes a display unit and a touch control unit. The display unit is used to output a graphical interface. The touch control unit is used to detect a touch action upon the graphical interface of the display unit. The control unit is electrically connected to the user operation interface for receiving and processing a selection of the brightness value or the color temperature value from the user operation interface. The communication unit is electrically connected to the control unit for transmitting the selection of the brightness value or the color temperature value to the lamp via a wireless protocol.05-30-2013
20130135336IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing device includes a display unit which displays images, an area designation unit which receives a target image area and an input image area both designated from the images, a tone function computing unit which computes a one-dimensional tone function of the target image area and a one-dimensional tone function of the input image area, a conversion information generating unit which generates conversion information to convert the one-dimensional tone function of the input image area into the one-dimensional tone function of the target image area, an image conversion processing unit which converts image data of the input image area based on the conversion information, and a display control unit which displays the image containing the converted image data of the input image area on the display unit.05-30-2013
20100026703OPTICALLY TRANSMISSIVE SUBSTRATES AND LIGHT EMITTING ASSEMBLIES AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME, AND METHODS OF DISPLAYING IMAGES USING THE OPTICALLY TRANSMISSIVE SUBSTRATES AND LIGHT EMITTING ASSEMBLIES - Images are displayed in response to a video signal using a light emitting assembly having one or more optically transmissive substrates, films or sheets, each having at least one pattern of optical elements on or in the substrates, films or sheets. A plurality of light sources are configured to illuminate one or more output areas of one or more of the substrates, films or sheets. The light emitting assembly is configured to emit light through the pattern of optical elements and produce a predetermined luminance profile of the light emitting assembly. At least one of the light sources is dimmed or boosted in response to an input video signal while operating a liquid crystal display as a light valve to illuminate the liquid crystal display by the light emitting assembly. At least some adjacent substrates, films or sheets may have portions that overlap, and at least one pattern of optical elements on or in at least one side of the substrates, films or sheets may be configured so that discontinuities between the adjacent substrates, films or sheets are minimized. A predetermined light output from the light emitting assembly may be produced by varying the electrical input to at least some of the light sources.02-04-2010
20130027419IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD - An image processing device including: a local mean image generating section; a binarization image generating section configured to generate a binarization image, wherein pixels corresponding to high frequency regions and low frequency regions have a first and second grey scales, respectively; a ternarization image generating section configured to divide, based on comparison between the image and the local mean image, first grey scale regions in the binarization image into regions having the first grey scale and regions having a third grey scale; a filling section configured to recognize connected regions having the second grey scale in the ternarization image, to fill the connected regions with the first grey scale or with the third grey scale according to grey scale of pixels at boundaries of the connected regions; and a recognizing section configured to recognize strokes according to consistency of grey scale at object boundaries in the filled ternarization image.01-31-2013
20130027418Image Reproduction Device Calibration - Various examples within the present disclosure provide methods, apparatuses, and systems related to the calibration of image reproduction devices. Various image reproduction devices may communicate, determine calibration capabilities, and generate color profiles.01-31-2013
20120182307PROJECTOR DEVICE AND PROJECTING METHOD - According to an aspect, a projector device includes an image projecting unit and a control unit. The image projecting unit projects an image. The control unit acquires brightness information of regions included in a projection surface on which the image projecting unit can project the image, and causes the image projecting unit to project, based on the brightness information of the regions, the image on a low-brightness region, among the regions, whose brightness is lower than that of another region.07-19-2012
20120182306GAMUT MAPPING AND SUBPIXEL RENDERING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In a first embodiment, a display system comprises a display panel with 4 or more colored subpixels. The display system receives input image data specified in a first color space and outputs image data specified in a second color space. The display system further comprises a gamut mapping module for mapping the input image data specified in the first color space to image data specified in the second color space. The gamut mapping module clamps out-of-gamut colors using at least a first clamping system and a second clamping system. The first and second clamping systems yield first and second clamped values. A weighting module produces a resulting clamped value from the first and second clamped values. A final output image value is derived from the resulting clamped value. Other embodiments of the display system include pre-reduction modules and adjustable GMA modules.07-19-2012
20120182305IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM EXECUTED IN THE SAME, AND GRADATION CONVERTER INCLUDED IN THE SAME - Disclosed herein is an image display device, including: a display block displaying thereon an image by using pixels disposed in a two dimensional matrix; and a gradation converting block executing gradation converting processing by using an error diffusion method, wherein the gradation converting block partitions an area in which the pixels are disposed into virtual partitions, and carries out the error diffusion when the gradation converting processing is executed with respect to the pixels within the virtual partition exclusively within the virtual partition, thereby carrying out gradation conversion for the image which is displayed on the display block.07-19-2012
20130050238Palette-Based Image Editing - Methods, apparatus, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for editing the colors of objects or regions in digital images. A method for editing images using a color palette is provided. A color palette is described that may be suitable for editing images, which may include specified objects or regions in images. The color palette may display image-specific colors identified using image-dependent techniques described herein. These color palettes may also modify the colors in the image corresponding to the displayed colors in the color palette interface. The method may implement structure-preserving techniques that preserve the structure of the color histogram of the image, thus preserving the natural look of the original image.02-28-2013
20130050237INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An example of a game apparatus includes a CPU, and in a mode of examining a flower based on an imaged image, the CPU activates two outward cameras to thereby display an imaging screen on a stereoscopic LCD and a lower LCD. In the center of an upper screen displayed on the stereoscopic LCD, a designation image for adjusting a position and a size of an object to be imaged is displayed. Also, on the upper screen, a through image imaged by the outward camera is displayed, and the designation image is displayed in front of the through image. At this time, the designation image is displayed in a complementary color of a color of the through image.02-28-2013
20130050234IMAGE RENDERING FILTER CREATION - One or more techniques and/or systems are disclosed for creating an image rendering filter that can be used to produce a desired view of an image. Monitor characteristics can be identified for a monitor that is displaying the image, and viewing characteristics of a viewer intending to view the image can also be identified. The monitor characteristics and the viewing characteristics can be used to create the image rendering filter, which may be applied to the input image the monitor, resulting in an “ideal” image for the particular viewer viewing the image on the particular monitor.02-28-2013
20130050233DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING OBJECT ILLUMINATION - A method for adjusting object illumination with a mobile device having a display device is described. The method includes detecting illumination of an object and generating illumination data information; and adjusting a luminance of the display device in dependence on the object illumination data to adjust image lighting.02-28-2013
20130069970IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Light source characteristic data representing the spectral characteristics and light distribution characteristics of a light source which illuminates a scene is input. Object characteristic data representing the spectral property of an object contained in the scene is input. Ray tracing is performed for respective rays having different wavelengths. A spectral radiance in each pixel of a computer graphics image representing the scene is calculated based on the light source characteristic data and the object characteristic data. The color signal values of each pixel are calculated from the spectral radiance in the each pixel, and the computer graphics image of the scene is generated.03-21-2013
20130069971VISUALIZATION PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The disclosed method includes: classifying plural particles in a diffusion field into plural groups, based on data of positions and velocities of the plural particles, so that particles between which a distance is equal to or less than a predetermined distance and of which an absolute value of a difference between velocity vectors is equal to or less than a predetermined value among the plural particles are classified to a same group; first generating, for each of the plural groups, group display data for particles belonging to the group; and second generating display data by attaching the generated group display data to particle display data for displaying the particles belonging to the group.03-21-2013
20130069969MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING MESSAGE THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling the same are provided. The mobile terminal displays a group chat area for displaying a group message transmitted to or received from a plurality of another parties and a private chat area for displaying a private message transmitted to or received from one of the plurality of another parties within one chat window.03-21-2013
20130088506DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a driving method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes an image analysis unit which analyzes a correlation of an image by comparing a current image and a previous image input prior to the current image, and determines a level of correction of the current image according to the analysis of the correlation, and an image conversion unit which converts pixel values of pixels of a unit frame having a specific color in the current image based on the level of correction, and outputs the pixel values.04-11-2013
20130088505CACHING COVERAGE VALUES FOR RENDERING TEXT USING ANTI-ALIASING TECHNIQUES - Techniques for calculating sub-pixel coverage values for text to be displayed, so as to enable caching of the sub-pixel coverage values. The sub-pixel coverage values may enable a linear combination of color information for the text with color information for one or more other, overlapping display elements for calculating composite color values to be used in controlling a display. Such composite color values to be used in controlling sub-pixels of a display may be calculated, in some embodiments, without performing a gamma correction process. Also described are techniques for retrieving cached sub-pixel coverage values and combining the values with color information for text and for other, overlapping display elements to calculate composite color values for sub-pixels of a display. At least one graphics processing unit (GPU) may be configured to perform operations using the sub-pixel coverage information and to calculate the composite color values for the sub-pixels.04-11-2013
20100134512LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device and a method of driving the same are provided for one or more embodiments. The liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel including a plurality of display blocks and displaying an image in response to image signals; a plurality of light-emitting blocks emitting light to the liquid crystal panel and corresponding to the plurality of display blocks; a first look-up table including a normalized value obtained by normalizing an initial duty ratio corresponding to the brightness of the image to a maximum duty ratio corresponding to the maximum brightness of the image; and a timing controller receiving the normalized value corresponding to each of the light-emitting blocks from the first look-up table and using the normalized value to provide an optical data signal corresponding to each of the light-emitting blocks.06-03-2010
20100134511Process for Generating Display Images from Acquired Recorded Images, and Means for Carrying out the Process - An image processing device comprising an acquisition interface for acquiring recorded image data or recorded image signals and a graphics interface for a display device is constructed in such a way that a temporal sequence of recorded images can be acquired via the acquisition interface and an image data acquisition device connected to the latter and a temporal sequence of display images can be generated from the recorded image sequence, preferably with a smaller quantity of display images over the period of time in which the recorded image sequence is acquired. A display image of the display image sequence is generated from a partial sequence of at least two already acquired recorded images of the recorded image sequence, this partial sequence being associated with the display image of the display image sequence, and the display images can be sent to the display device via the graphics interface.06-03-2010
20100271385INTELLIGENT DIGITAL PHOTO FRAME - A digital photo frame (DPF) includes a power management unit connected to a power source, configured for distributing power from the power source to the DPF; a display panel configured for displaying displayable media; a touch sensor configured for detecting whether the DPF is touched and producing a trigger signal when the DPF is; a light detector configured for detecting current ambient light level and producing a light signal corresponding to the detected ambient light level; and a processing unit configured for adjusting brightness of the display panel according to the trigger signal and the light signal.10-28-2010
20120218284Dynamic thresholds for document tamper detection - Disclosed is a method (08-30-2012
20120218285METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TREATMENT OF VESTIBULAR DISORDERS - Methods and systems for assessing and treating vestibular disorders can include displaying a graphic and providing relative movement between the graphic and a user's head. Information can be obtained either directly or indirectly from the user regarding her perception of the graphic. A graphic display parameter and/or a relative movement parameter can be modified in response to the information regarding the user's perception. An indicator of the user's ability to perceive the graphic can be generated through a series of iterations. A graphic display parameter and/or a relative movement parameter for use in a subsequent series of iterations can be modified based at least in part on the indicator.08-30-2012
20120218283Method for Obtaining Brighter Images from an LED Projector - A method for improving brightness of projected images from an LED projector employing a plurality of LEDs of different colors by determining, from a histogram of a frame of an image to be projected, an effective maximum saturation. A plurality of main channels and a plurality of subchannels are created, one main channel and at least one subchannel for each color LED. Then the amplitude of the main channel and a subchannel for each color are determined based upon the effective maximum saturation of the frame of the image, followed by using the main channel and the at least one subchannel for a color to drive an LED of that color to generate the image.08-30-2012
20120218282Display Brightness Adjustment - Concepts are described pertaining to controlling a brightness level of a display of a portable electronic device as a function of the ambient light, and controlling the display brightness level to accommodate human light or dark adaptation.08-30-2012
201300575692D-2D FUSION FOR INTERVENTIONAL GUIDANCE IN TRANS-CATHETER AORTIC VALVE IMPLANTATION - A method for fusing 2D fluoroscopic images with 2D angiographic images for real-time interventional procedure guidance includes using a 2-dimensional angiographic image to detect injection of a contrast agent into an anatomical structure, where the contrast agent first appears in a detected image frame, subtracting a background image from the detected image frame and binarizing the subtracted image frame to segment the anatomical structure from the subtracted image frame, registering the segmented anatomical structure with a predefined shape model of the anatomical structure to generate an anatomical mask, generating an anatomical probability map from the anatomical mask using intensity information from the subtracted image frame, where the anatomical probability map expresses a probability of a pixel in the subtracted image frame belonging to the anatomical structure, and fusing the angiographic image with one or more subsequently acquired 2-dimensional fluoroscopic images of the anatomical structure using the anatomical probability map.03-07-2013
20130057568LCD OVERDRIVING METHOD AND DEVICE AND LCD - A liquid crystal display (LCD) overdriving method, an LCD overdriving device and an LCD are disclosed. The LCD overdriving method improves displaying quality and a response speed of the LCD comprising the following steps of: receiving by a scaling controller, a previous frame image grayscale value stored into a frame buffer of the scaling controller; receiving a next frame image grayscale value by the scaling controller and sending the previous frame image grayscale value and the next frame image grayscale value to a time schedule controller so that the time schedule controller looks up a lookup table and outputs an overdriving grayscale value. The present disclosure can effectively save the cost by eliminating the need of providing an additional frame buffer in the time schedule controller. Furthermore, as image grayscale values of only two pixels need to be stored in the time schedule controller, it can save more memory spaces.03-07-2013
20130057570DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including an image display unit in which a plurality of pixels have self light-emitting elements is arranged, a first unit configured to accumulate a luminance decrease amount per unit time for each of the pixels, and to set the accumulated amount as a first luminance decrease amount, a second unit configured to detect a current flowing in the self light-emitting element or a voltage value of the self light-emitting element for each of the pixels, and to calculate a second luminance decrease amount from a detected current value or voltage value, and a correction unit configured to correct input image data using one of the first luminance decrease amount or the second luminance decrease amount.03-07-2013
20130057567Color Space Conversion for Mirror Mode - The same pixel stream may be displayed on an internal display and an external display while maintaining the original aspect ratio corresponding to the internal display dimensions. A connector with limited number of pins may only support a two-wire display port interface to the external display, which may not provide enough bandwidth to transmit the full resolution image to the external display. To transmit the full resolution image, a color space conversion from RGB space to YCbCr color space may be performed. The Luma component may be transmitted at full resolution, while the chroma components may be scaled. Accordingly, there is no loss of image resolution, while some amount of color resolution may be lost. However, there is no need to retime frames within the system on chip (SOC), and the same pixel stream may be used as the basis for display on both the internal and the external display.03-07-2013
20130057566USER INTERFACE WITH COLOR THEMES BASED ON INPUT IMAGE DATA - An application determines a colorization strategy for its graphical user interface according to colors of an input image. In particular, given one or more colors from the input image, and a plurality of elements of the graphical user interface, the colors for the elements of the graphical user interface are selected.03-07-2013
20100201701IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A display device efficiently reduces color unevenness in sub-pixel rendering. A display device (08-12-2010
20110012915IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - Technology for carrying out a luminance range expansion process is provided. In the technology, the luminance range expansion process is carried out in a manner appropriate to the luminance histogram of image data. Using the white peak value WP which represents the maximum value of luminance and the APL which represents the mean value thereof in the luminance histogram of image data, an expansion coefficient for use in the luminance range expansion process is derived by referring to an expansion coefficient lookup table 01-20-2011
20090079754DISPLAY PARAMETER ADJUSTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCENE CHANGE COMPENSATION - A method and an apparatus for adjusting a display parameter are provided. The method includes the steps of: (a) calculating a scene change value between a current frame and a previous frame; (b) setting a first weight according to the scene change value; (c) calculating an original parameter of the current frame; (d) providing a display parameter of the previous frame; (e) calculating a display parameter of the current frame according to the first weight, the original parameter, and the display parameter of the previous frame.03-26-2009
20120223958DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device which is arranged so that when an image is scrolled, a noise pattern does not easily overlap the image. The display device includes a display region that includes a region in which an arrangement pattern (U09-06-2012
20120223957IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing device includes a first judging section, a second judging section, a halo adding section, and a painting converting section. The first judging section judges whether or not an area whose brightness is equal to or higher than a first threshold value is included in an inputted image. When the first judging section judges that an area whose brightness is equal to or higher the first threshold value is included, the second judging section judges whether or not the area has a size equal to or larger than a second threshold value. When the second judging section judges that the area has a size equal to or larger than the second threshold value, the halo adding section performs emphasis processing on the area. The painting converting section processes the image including the area on which the emphasis processing has been performed by the halo adding section.09-06-2012
20130063471DISPLAY APPARATUS - A high luminance display apparatus is provided. When a spectral radiance of a backlight at a time point of factory shipment is less than a spectral radiance of external light, a CPU generates a correction matrix for performing color correction so that color produced by external light, i.e., color produced by reflection light of external light by a half mirror conforms to color produced by only irradiation light of the backlight, transmits the generated correction matrix to a video image signal processing section as parameter information, and causes execution of color correction based on the parameter information. The CPU generates a correction matrix based on a spectral radiance of external light detected by a second spectral radiance sensor, a spectral radiance of the backlight detected at the time point of factory shipment, and spectral transmittance of a color filter as well as a color-matching function.03-14-2013
20130063469METHOD TO DISPLAY AN IMAGE ON A DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment, a method a method of displaying an image on a display device is described. The display device includes a plurality of clusters. Each cluster has a plurality of pixels and an independent light source associated therewith. Each of the plurality of clusters are illuminated with their associated independent light source. The plurality of pixels in a cluster are refreshed with bits of gray scale. Simultaneously with the refreshing, the light source associated with the cluster where the plurality of pixels are being refreshed is switched off. When the plurality of pixels have been refreshed, the light source is switched on with a predetermined intensity of light. Each of the clusters are refreshed at a rate that is fast enough to eliminate flicker.03-14-2013
20130063468IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a receiving unit that receives a target area to which a special effect is to be applied, which is the target area specified by a user in image data displayed on a display unit; a similar area searching unit that searches the image data for similar areas on the basis of a feature value indicating an image characteristic of the specified target area; a display processor that displays, on the display unit, a predetermined number of similar areas from among the similar areas; a receiving unit that receives selected similar areas; and a special effect processor that performs a special effect process for applying the special effect to the selected similar areas and the specified target area.03-14-2013
20130063466SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ENABLE CORRECTION OF TEXT HANDLING MISMATCHES VIA SEGMENTATION - Disclosed is a processor-implemented method for processing image data using an image processing apparatus. The processor is configured to receive a PDL file of image data and raster image process (RIP) the PDL file to determine at least pixels representing text of a predetermined colorant. The ripped file is then segmented to determine at least any text pixels of the predetermined colorant not initially indicated by the ripped file. The results are combined to determine text pixels of the predetermined colorant for marking onto a substrate using marking material (e.g., ink). In some instances, pixels of the predetermined colorant can be tagged during segmenting using a tag plane to determine text pixels for marking by the output device.03-14-2013
20130063467IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is an image processing apparatus including a cursor position acquisition section which acquires a position of a cursor on a display screen where an image is displayed, and a representative color acquisition section for performing a color reduction process which acquires a region including the position of the cursor acquired by the cursor position acquisition section as a color reduction processing region, and acquires a prescribed number of colors as representative colors, from colors included in the color reduction processing region.03-14-2013
20130063470SYSTEM AND METHOD TO GENERATE MULTIPRIMARY SIGNALS - System and method for generating multiprimary signals with optimization for bit depth for use in display devices. A preferred embodiment comprises converting an input color signal into an output color signal, wherein the number of colors in the output color signal is less than a number of colors used in a display system, when a weighting of the input color signal is less than a specified threshold, and converting the input color signal into an output color signal, wherein the number of colors in the output color signal is equal to the number of colors used in the display system, when the weighting of the input color signal is greater than the specified threshold. The use of fewer colors eliminates low bit depth colors, allowing increased dither quality in dimmer images.03-14-2013
20090237416COLOR PROCESSOR, COLOR PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The color processor includes: a conversion source color data acquiring part acquiring a conversion source color dataset in a first color space; a color data pair acquiring part acquiring color data pairs each composed of color datasets in the first and second color spaces, the color datasets being used to calculate a color conversion characteristic model; a color conversion characteristic model calculator assigning weight to the color dataset in the first color space, according to a color difference distance from the conversion source color dataset, and calculates the model by use of color data pairs each including a weighted color dataset in the first color space; and an evaluation value calculator calculating an evaluation value indicating an evaluation on influence of the color data pairs on color conversion accuracy of the model. The color conversion characteristic model calculator adjusts the weight according to the evaluation value, when calculating the model.09-24-2009
20090237415ANTI-PHASE PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR - A method and system is disclosed for modifying the pulse width modulation signal frequency for controlling the backlight illumination intensity of a liquid crystal display. The modified pulse width modulation signal frequency is selected to eliminate visible light and dark bands in the liquid crystal display image. The brightness of the display may be also adjusted by modifying the duty cycle of the pulse width modulation signal. The brightness selected, either automatically or by the user, is matched with a pulse width modulation signal frequency to insure that the pulse width modulation signal will be anti-phased across a plurality of contiguous frame refresh periods.09-24-2009
20090046106Method of displaying images and display apparatus applying the same - A method of displaying an object image desired by a user on a display apparatus such as an electronic picture frame, without needing to rotate or cut the object image, and a display apparatus to which the method of displaying is applied are provided. The displaying method comprises: determining a background image; generating a display image by synthesizing the background image and an object image; and displaying the display image.02-19-2009
20090009527LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device capable of utilizing a backlight more effectively and more effectually and a mobile terminal device equipped with the liquid crystal display device are provided. A liquid crystal panel 01-08-2009
20090009526METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RENDERING A SHAPE - A method for rendering an image that includes obtaining pixel coverage data for a first shape from a graphics cache, determining a first portion of the image covered by the first shape using the pixel coverage data for the first shape, and displaying the image with the first portion of the image covered by the first shape.01-08-2009
20090009525Color Adjustment Device and Method - A color adjustment device (01-08-2009
20130162665IMAGE VIEW IN MAPPING - Mapping or navigation incorporates a real-world view. A map representing a region as a first computer generated graphic is displayed. The map may alternatively be a satellite view. A route is indicated on the map. The route is a computer generated graphic. A real-world image of a view from a location or sequence of image from locations along the route is overlaid on the map, such as being in a small box on the map.06-27-2013
20120113130ZONE-BASED TONE MAPPING - A method of tone mapping high dynamic range images for display on low dynamic range displays wherein a high dynamic range image is first accessed. The high dynamic range image is segmented into different regions such that each region is represented by a matrix, where each element of the matrix is a weight or probability of a pixel. An exposure of each region is determined or calculated and the exposure values are applied to the regions responsive to the weight or probability. The different regions are then fused together to obtain a final tone mapped image.05-10-2012
20120236019Structure-Preserving Clone Brush - The invention provides tools and techniques for clone brushing pixels in an image while accounting for inconsistencies in apparent depth and orientation within the image. The techniques do not require any depth information to be present in the image, and the data structure of the image is preserved. The techniques allow for color compensation between source and destination regions. A snapping technique is also provided to facilitate increased accuracy in selecting source and destination positions.09-20-2012
20120236018APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method provide a user interface in order to operate a portable terminal having a touch screen with only one hand. The method for providing a virtual keypad includes configuring the virtual keypad having at least one control menu according to the composition information of the virtual keypad, and displaying the virtual keypad in a portion of the touch screen according to the composition information of the virtual keypad.09-20-2012
20120236017SUPPORT PROGRAM, SUPPORT APPARATUS, AND SUPPORT METHOD - A computer-readable medium storing a support program that causes a computer to execute operations, the operations including reading out, from a memory that stores arrangement information on a component on a circuit and analysis information indicating a result of an analysis on the component, the arrangement information on the component and generating image information, reading out the analysis information that is information related to whether or not an examination is to be carried out with respect to the component from the memory, and changing a display attribute of the component which is included in the image information in accordance with the analysis information.09-20-2012
20120236016DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONICS APPARATUS - A display device includes: 09-20-2012
20110043534IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus and related method determine an ambient luminance value. Ambient luminance value is analyzed under three conditions: static, dynamic and backed-lighted. Image(s) are received in an image stream and different parts of pixel luminance values corresponding to the image(s) selected by different ways are averaged to generate several luminance averaging values, to therefore determine the ambient luminance value from several luminance averaging values.02-24-2011
20110018892METHOD, DEVICE, AND PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING IMAGE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided are image signal processing devices, image signal processing methods, programs and display devices for improving the quality of an image. The image signal processing device includes a first color space converting unit for outputting hue signals, saturation signals, and first luminance signals with respect to each of a plurality of pixels based on the input image signals; a margin value calculating unit for calculating margin values for the hues based on the corresponding hue signals; a control value set up unit for setting up control values controlling the corresponding first luminance signals based on the corresponding saturation signals and the corresponding margin values; a brightness adjusting unit for adjusting brightnesses of the first luminance signals based on the corresponding control values and outputting second luminance signals with adjusted brightnesses.01-27-2011
20110148906DATA DISPLAY METHOD AND DEVICE - A low power display and a method for display in a display device having an Active Matrix Organic Light Emitting Diodes AMOLED panel are provided. A display window that includes content to be displayed on the AMOLED panel is determined. Luminance values of pixels constituting the display window are grasped. The pixels having luminance values that are to be adjusted are determined in accordance with a distribution degree of pixels having luminance values that are larger than a reference luminance value. The luminance values of the determined pixels are changed to the reference luminance value, and the display window is displayed on the AMOLED panel with the changed luminance values.06-23-2011
20120169757TRANSITIONING BETWEEN SHADING REGIONS ON AN OBJECT - Embodiments relate to a computer-implemented method of providing a transition between first and second regions within a virtual scene, where the first and second regions are rendered using different methods and being connected to one another along a border line. The second region features a sharply diminishing illumination from the border line. The method includes adding, an overlay of additional illumination to the first region as to make the illumination in portions of the first region that are close to the borderline similar to that of portions of the second region that are close to the border line. The method also includes shifting a position on which calculation of the illumination of the second region is based away from the first region.07-05-2012
20110141131CONVERSION OF A SUB-PIXEL FORMAT DATA - A method of determining implied sample areas for each data point of each color in a source pixel data specified in a first sub-pixel format is used for sub-pixel rendering an image on a display specified in a second sub-pixel format. Each of the first and second sub-pixel formats comprises a plurality of colored sub-pixels. The method comprises determining a geometric center of each colored sub-pixel of the first format to define a sampling point; and defining each implied sample area by forming lines that are substantially equidistant between the sampling point of one colored sub-pixel and the sampling point of another neighboring same color colored sub-pixel. A similar technique may be used for determining resample areas for computing color values for rendering an image specified in a first sub-pixel format on a display substantially comprising a plurality of colored sub-pixels arranged in a second sub-pixel format.06-16-2011
20110025701METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AN IMAGE - A method for combining at least two images and outputting a combined image includes creating a template including a first input image having a defined area, receiving a second input image, modifying the second input image by applying an intensity relating to a plurality of pixels included in the defined area to a plurality of pixels included in the second input image and replacing the defined area with the modified second image to create an output image and displaying the output image.02-03-2011
20090244087CONTENTS RECEIVING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment of the invention, a contents receiving apparatus includes: a communication unit configured to receive contents data; a display unit configured to display an image included in the contents data; and a controller configured to instruct the communication unit to receive contents data, and to control the display unit to display the image, wherein, when estimated time of completion for receiving the contents data is longer than a given time, the controller controls the display unit to change a luminance level of the display unit from a first luminance level to a second luminance level that is lower than the first luminance level or not to display the contents, and wherein, when the estimated time is equal to or shorter than the given time, the controller controls the display unit to maintain the luminance level at the first luminance level.10-01-2009
20090021523Display Apparatus - A first color conversion means (01-22-2009
20110279473TRANSLATION OF REGISTER-COMBINER STATE INTO SHADER MICROCODE - An apparatus and method for translating fixed function state into a shader program. Fixed function state is received and stored and when a new shader program is detected the fixed function state is translated into shader program instructions. Registers specified by the program instructions are allocated for processing in the shader program. The registers may be remapped for more efficient use of the register storage space.11-17-2011
20110279472DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and a display device comprising a surface for displaying information. The information has at least one of a color hue or contrast for a content and at least one of a color hue or contrast for a background of the content. The display device is configured to relate said at least one of a background color hue or contrast and said at least one of a content color hue or contrast in such a way that said content has limited visibility observed from an angle deviating from a frontal view angle.11-17-2011
20100171751DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device capable of displaying an image selected by a user for a certain period of time without interruption even when power consumption to be used to completely display the image exceeds a remaining capacity of a battery, and a method of driving the same. The display device includes a storage element; a selection circuit configured to select an image stored in the storage element according to a user request; a battery; a first detection circuit configured to detect a remaining capacity of the battery; a controller; and a display panel coupled to the battery via the controller and configured to display the selected image in accordance with a control output of the controller.07-08-2010
20100171750METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING A COMPLEXITY VECTOR FOR AT LEAT ONE PART OF AN SVG SCENE, AND METHOD AND TESTING DEVICE FOR TESTING A PLAYBACK SUITABILITY OF AT LEAST PART OF AN SVG SCENE ON DEVICE - A complexity vector representing a complexity of at least part of an SVG scene is generated based on a complexity variable associated with at least one element of a DOM tree of the SVG scene. The playback suitability of at least part of an SVG scene is tested for a device based on whether a complexity variable of a complexity vector of the SVG scene is smaller than or equal to the associated device complexity variable of a device complexity vector of the device per element, wherein a maximum complexity of the element of a DOM tree of the SVG scene is played back on the device via the complexity variable, and a maximum executable complexity of the element is played back on the device via the device complexity variable.07-08-2010
20130021364Apparatuses and Methods Generating a Two-Dimensional Code with a Logo - A logo-added two-dimensional code creation device determines the color of a two-dimensional code to be superimposed on a logo image by adjusting the L value indicating the color lightness, whereby a logo-added two-dimensional code readable regardless of influence of post-printing processing and/or ambient light can be created. The logo-added two-dimensional code has smaller cells superimposed on the tiger character that can easily lose the design integrity than the cells superimposed on the background part, ensuring the design integrity of the logo image without impairing the readability of information.01-24-2013
20100007674ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - In an organic light emitting display, a gamma can be applied according to color regardless of the sequence of data output from a data driver, even if a separate gamma by color is used. A method for driving the organic light emitting display is also provided.01-14-2010
20090309896Multi Instance Unified Shader Engine Filtering System With Level One and Level Two Cache - Apparatus and systems utilizing multiple shader engines where each shader engine comprises multiple rows of shader engine filters combined with level one and level two cache systems. Each unified shader engine filter comprises a shader pipe array, and a texture mapping unit with access to a level one cache system and a level two cache. The shader pipe array accepts texture requests for a specified pixel from a resource and performs associated rendering calculations, outputting texel data. The texture mapping unit retrieves texel data stored in a level one cache system, with the ability to read and write to and from a level two cache system, and through formatting and bilinear filtering interpolations generates a formatted bilinear result based on the specific pixel's neighboring texels. Utilizing multiple rows of shader engine filters within a shader engine allows for the parallel processing of multiple simultaneous resource requests. Utilizing multiple shader engines allows for greater processing through the use of multiple simultaneous processing. A method utilizing multiple shader engines to perform texture mapping is also presented.12-17-2009
20090141038Bezier Curves for Low Memory Embedded Graphics Systems - A method and system for determining a number of samples used in rendering a Bezier curve, defined by first, second, third and fourth sequential Bezier control points. The method and system determines: a visual significance of a curve by measuring a characteristic of the curve, a curvature estimation factor of the curve based on a length of the curve and a distance between first and last control points of the curve, and the number of samples for a predetermined accuracy depending on the visual significance of the curve and the curvature estimation factor.06-04-2009
20100182333Color Deviation Compensating Method and Driving Device for an LCD Panel and Related LCD Device - A color deviation compensating method for a LCD panel is disclosed. The LCD panel includes a plurality of pixel units arranged as a matrix, and each of the pixel units includes a plurality of sub-pixel units corresponding to a plurality of colors. The color deviation compensating method includes dividing the plurality of pixel units into a plurality of groups by columns, wherein each group is corresponding to a column of the LCD panel, and driving pixel units of the groups according to a plurality of triggering orders, wherein each of the triggering orders is corresponding to a charging sequence of sub-pixel units of pixel units corresponding to a group when displaying an image.07-22-2010
20100020093OPEN AREA MAPS BASED ON VECTOR GRAPHICS FORMAT IMAGES - Systems and methods corresponding to an open area map are disclosed. For example, one method includes receiving an image of a layout corresponding to a real-world area in which a person moves about. The image is in a vector graphics format. A reference region is determined using the image of the layout. A grid is combined with the reference region to generate a routable map. The routable map is configured to provide point-to-point routing within the layout.01-28-2010
20090289951Environment-compliant image display system, projector, and program - An environment-compliant image display system, projector, and program that enables the reproduction of appropriate colors even when affected by ambient light. The projector has a color control processing update section that corrects colors by adjusting a LUT in a 3D-LUT storage section and brightness by adjusting a grayscale characteristic in a ID-LUT storage section, in order to increase the output in at least a lower grayscale range if the environment is affected by ambient light, based on environmental information that has been measured by a color light sensor.11-26-2009
20120287143METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY REDUCING COLOR VALUES - A method of displaying an image that includes, in a display having a pixel comprising red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels, receiving data for an image, the image data comprising a first red value corresponding to a brightness of the red sub-pixel, a first green value corresponding to a brightness of the green sub-pixel, a first blue value corresponding to a brightness of the blue sub-pixel, and a first white value corresponding to a brightness of the white sub-pixel. A maximum value is determined from among the first red value, the first green value, and the first blue value, and brightnesses are set corresponding to the values other than the maximum value at quantities generally inversely proportional to the maximum value.11-15-2012
20120287142POWER SAVING FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR - In embodiments of power saving field sequential color (FSC), an illumination source illuminates pixels of a displayable image by sequentially generating RGB (red, green, blue) components of a pixel in a timed sequence of field sequential color. The pixels of a displayable image may also include a white component derived from the RGB components. An illumination reduction algorithm is implemented to determine the highest RGB (or RGBW) components from any of the pixels of the displayable image. The highest RGB (or RGBW) components can be determined from any combination of the same or different pixels of the displayable image. The illumination reduction algorithm then divides each of the highest RGB (or RGBW) components by a maximum brightness value to generate respective RGB (or RGBW) component factors. A display controller then processes each pixel of the displayable image for display according to the RGB (or RGBW) component factors.11-15-2012
20110298819HARDWARE-ACCELERATED COLOR DATA PROCESSING - Methods for mapping color data having at least one color associated therewith to an output device based on an input-device profile and an output-device profile, each profile having a tone curve and a color matrix, are provided. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving color data from an input device and determining whether the color data is in a linear space. If it is determined that the color data is not in a linear space, the method further includes applying the tone curve of the input device profile to the color data to convert it into a linear space. The method further includes converting the color(s) associated with the color data from the input linear space to an output linear space by applying the color matrix of the input device profile and the inverse color matrix of the output device profile to create color-converted image data.12-08-2011
20110298818DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided is a display device including a video signal analysis block (12-08-2011
20110298817PORTABLE TERMINAL WITH PEEKING PREVENTION FUNCTION - A mobile terminal having a peeping prevention function by which only a portion not desired to be peeped is made difficult to see so that the display screen is easy to see and the privacy is protected. The mobile terminal, when displaying information on the display, searches information to be displayed for a piece of information, extracts a predetermined piece of information, changes the display attribute of the extracted piece of information to a display attribute for decreasing visibility, and displays the information with the changed display attribute on the display.12-08-2011
20110285740PATH RENDERING WITH PATH CLIPPING - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for rendering clipped paths by first generating clip stencil buffer state indicating pixels that are inside of the clip path. The clip stencil buffer state may also store an opacity value for each covered pixel to generate a mask that modulates the opacity of a draw path that is clipped. Clipped draw stencil buffer state is then generated indicating pixels of the draw path that should be covered based on the clip stencil buffer state and coverage of the draw path. The clipped draw path is then filled or stroked to produce the clipped draw path. The clip and draw paths may be filled or stroked without tessellating the paths. Path rendering may be accelerated when a GPU or other processor that is configured to perform operations to generate the clip stencil buffer state and the clipped draw stencil buffer state, and to fill or stroke the clipped draw path.11-24-2011
20120105468Display Device And Display Device Driving Method - A display device and a driving method of a display device are each capable of sufficiently removing an image ghost caused in a background during a low gray scale display. In an embodiment, each of the display device and the driving method includes at least one correction device for correcting supplied first image data to second data whose gray scale range has a range which is on a lower brightness gray scale than a lowest brightness gray scale level of the first image data. Thus, each of the display device and the driving method carries out a display in accordance with the second image data obtained by the correction device.05-03-2012
20120105467Image And Theme Artwork Management - An image and theme artwork management method (05-03-2012
20110285742SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PATH RENDERING WITH MULTIPLE STENCIL SAMPLES PER COLOR SAMPLE - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for improving path rendering on computer systems by efficiently representing and computing sub-pixel coverage for path objects. A stencil buffer is configured to store multiple stencil samples per pixel stored in an image buffer. The stencil samples undergo stencil testing to produce a set of Boolean values per pixel, which collectively define a geometric coverage percentage for the pixel. The coverage percentage is used to modulate a color value for the pixel. The modulated color value is then blended into the image buffer as an anti-aliased pixel. This technique advantageously enables efficient anti-aliasing for path rendering.11-24-2011
20110285741BAKING PATH RENDERING OBJECTS INTO COMPACT AND EFFICIENT MEMORY REPRESENTATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for improving path rendering on computer systems with an available graphics processing unit. The technique involves reducing complex path objects to simpler geometric objects suitable for rendering on a graphics processing unit. The process involves a central processing unit “baking” a set of complex path rendering objects to generate a set of simpler graphics objects. A graphics processing unit then renders the simpler graphics objects. This division of processing load can advantageously yield higher overall rendering performance.11-24-2011
20110285739IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - An image display apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store first images, a processor configured to change tones of first reduced images of the first images to first tones, and a display configured to display the first reduced images of the first images in a column direction or a row direction, and to display tone-changed reduced images of the first images in the row direction or the column direction.11-24-2011
20110285738RGBW DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES THEREOF - When a signal receiving unit receives red, green, and blue sub-pixels of an RGB pixel, a chromaticity weight generation unit generates a chromaticity weight according to the lowest gray level and the highest gray level of the red, green, and blue sub-pixels of the RGB pixel. Then, a gray level generation unit generates gray levels of red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels of an RGBW pixel according to the chromaticity weight, gray levels of the red, green, and blue sub-pixels of the RGB pixel, three chromaticity correction values and the lowest gray level. A RGBW display displays the RGBW pixel according to the gray levels of the red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels of the RGBW pixel.11-24-2011
20110285737SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOCAL TONE MAPPING OF HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE IMAGES - This is generally directed to systems and methods for local tone mapping of high dynamic range (“HDR”) images. For example, a HDR image can have its larger dynamic range mapped into the smaller dynamic range of a display device. In some embodiments, to perform the local tone mapping, a RGB to Y converter can be used to convert the input image signal to a luminance signal in the YCgCo color space, a shape adaptive filter can be used to separate the luminance signal into its illumination and reflectance components, contrast compression can be applied to the illumination component, image sharpening can be applied to the reflectance component, and the processed illumination and reflection components can be used to calculate a processed RGB signal. The dynamic range of the processed RGB signal can then be mapped into the dynamic range of the display device.11-24-2011
20120098850INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An apparatus and method provide logic for processing information. In one implementation, an apparatus includes a display unit configured to display a first portion of content to a user. The display unit includes a display surface. A detection unit is configured to detect a distance between an interface surface and a reference point disposed along an operational tool of the user. A control unit configured to determine whether the distance falls within a threshold range, and generate a signal to display a second portion of content to the user, when the detected distance falls within the threshold range. The display unit is further configured to display the second content portion, based on the generated signal.04-26-2012
20120098849Display Device Capable of Controlling Viewing Angle and Driving Method Thereof - A viewing angle controllable display device and a driving method thereof. The viewing angle controllable display device includes: an image mixing unit generating a mixed image data signal by mixing an original image data signal, or a gray-adjusted original image data signal, with a protection image data signal that disturbs recognition of the original image; an output image selecting unit receiving the original image data signal or the mixed image data signal, and selecting an image data signal corresponding to an image output to a display panel; and a display panel receiving a data voltage corresponding to the image data signal selected and output from the output image selecting unit through a data drive to display an original image or a mixed image, responding to gate signals sequentially transmitted from a gate driver.04-26-2012
20120098848IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing device, an image processing method, and a flat panel display are disclosed. According to some aspects, the image processing device may include: an image determining unit for determining a kind of an input image as one of a moving picture, a photograph image, and a user interface image. A legibility improving unit may be configured to generate a legibility improved image by extracting specific pixels from pixels included in the input image according to the kind of the input image that is determined by the image determining unit and by modifying gray scale values of the extracted specific pixels. According to some aspects, an illuminance sensor for sensing external illuminance, and a brightness improving unit for correcting a gamma curve according to the external illuminance sensed by the illuminance sensor is provided. Brightness may be controlled according to a kind of an image and external illuminance so that an image processing device may increase outdoor visibility of an image by controlling brightness according to the kind of image and the external illuminance.04-26-2012
20120098847SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCED RESOLUTION ADDRESSING - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus including computer programs encoded on computer storage media for producing line multiplied images with better visual appearance. The line multiplying is shifted for one of the colors of the display with respect to at least one other color of the display.04-26-2012
20120098846CHARACTER INPUT METHOD - A system, method and apparatus are described herein for input of characters into a mobile device. In one implementation, a user can input representations of character strokes of logographic characters, such as Chinese characters, using a trackpad module. The system can then associate the character strokes with a character the user desires to input based on the received inputs and a series of well-known rules for writing the logographic characters. One implementation of the trackpad includes an optical trackpad comprising a plurality of sub-sections that can be used to determine the direction of movement of an object over the optical trackpad, for example, a finger over the optical trackpad.04-26-2012
20110292066Soft Disk Blue Noise Sampling - Techniques for providing soft disk sampling are described. A soft disk sampling process receives input of a sampling domain, which may include samples associated with one or more sample classes. The soft disk sampling process defines and calculates energy functions for the candidate samples. Based on the calculated energy functions, the soft disk sampling process generates output of a sample set by selecting the candidate samples from one or more sample classes. Each sample class and the sample set exhibit blue noise distribution. The number of sample classes and the number of samples may be specified for each sample class.12-01-2011
20110292067METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING A COLOR DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION WITH A QUALITY EVALUATION - A method, apparatus and system for assessing color characterization quality includes a characterization unit configured for determining at least one of a forward and inverse transform from a first set of device dependent input color values and measured output display values of the first set of device dependent input color values on the display and transforming a second set of device dependent input color values using the determined at least one of a forward and inverse transform to provide an intermediate set of device dependent input color values. The method, apparatus and system further includes a verification unit for performing at least one of a forward transform quality evaluation and an inverse transform quality evaluation.12-01-2011
20110292068IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method in which a shaded image signal is obtained by carrying out a shading process based on a previous image signal and a current image signal, a weighting of the shading process is changed in accordance with a signal level of the previous image signal and that of the current image signal, and a sub frame period is provided by dividing a frame period; thereafter, the shaded image signal is outputted to the sub frame period.12-01-2011
20090289950PROJECTOR, IMAGE PROJECTION METHOD, AND HEAD-UP DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE PROJECTOR - A projector projecting an image on an object by scanning the object with a light beam includes a light source; a divergence angle converter converting the divergence angle of the light beam; a light deflector deflecting the light beam in a light beam scanning direction and a direction perpendicular to the light beam scanning direction; alight deflector drive controller controlling the light deflector to form the focused light spots at the respective pixel positions of the object on the basis of positional data for the pixels; a light amount controller controlling light amount of the light beam on the basis of luminance data for the pixels; and an image processor correcting the luminance data on the basis of previously obtained deterioration data of the projected image and outputting the corrected luminance data to the light amount controller while outputting the positional data to the light deflector drive controller.11-26-2009
20120229490APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR COMPENSATING FOR IMAGE-QUALITY DISCREPANCIES - An apparatus is provided that includes a processor and memory storing executable instructions that in response to execution by the processor cause the apparatus to at least perform a number of operations. The apparatus is caused to receive a digital image including pixels each of which has a pixel value that has been calibrated according to a first calibration function for calibrating an image for display by a first monitor. The apparatus is caused to transform the pixel value of each of at least some of the pixels to a corresponding transformed pixel value calibrated according to a second calibration function for calibrating an image for display by a second monitor. The apparatus is also caused to cause output of the digital image including the plurality of pixels each of at least some of which has a transformed pixel value, the respective digital image being displayable by the second monitor.09-13-2012
20130215135Image Display Device and Projector - An image display device for adjusting an image based on a parameter set including a plurality of parameters and displaying the adjusted image, includes a storage section that stores a plurality of the parameter sets, a selection section that prompts to select desired one of the plurality of parameter sets stored in the storage section, and an image adjustment section that obtains the parameter set selected by the selection section and adjusts a display condition of the image based on the obtained parameter set, wherein the selection section displays the parameters included in each of the parameter sets stored in the storage section when prompting to select the desired one of the plurality of parameter sets.08-22-2013
20090027413DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - There are provided a display apparatus and a control method thereof. The display apparatus includes: a display unit displaying an image; an image processing unit which processes an input image signal of a predetermined initial data bit and provides the processed image signal to the display unit; a storage unit which stores a predetermined coefficient of color temperature; and a controller which controls the image processing unit to convert the input image signal to an image signal of a first data bit bigger than the initial data bit and to multiply the image signal of the first data bit by the color temperature coefficient.01-29-2009
20110007087SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A COMMON IMAGE DATA ARRAY FILE - Image data file systems and methods are operable to generate image data files for a plurality of images having a common image data array, and are operable to generate images from the image data files. An exemplary embodiment stores a common image data array into a master image data file, wherein the stored common image data array corresponds to an image data array of a first image of the plurality of images; and generates a soft link image data file based upon a second image of the plurality of images, wherein an image data array of the second image is the same as the common image data array, and wherein a soft link in the soft link image data file identifies a location of the stored common image data array.01-13-2011
20110216084DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a panel (09-08-2011
20110216083SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF A DEVICE - An application for controlling the brightness of a display of a device includes having a first brightness setting and a second brightness setting, the first brightness setting is used to set the brightness of the display when two-dimensional content is displayed on the display while the second brightness setting is used to set the brightness of the display when three-dimensional content is displayed on the display. The first and second brightness settings are preferably administered through a user interface.09-08-2011
20090284545DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes a liquid crystal display element, a backlight, and a plurality of circuits conducting the following. A drive signal for driving the backlight is formed according to an adjustment value calculated from the one-screen average image luminance in the image signal for display and a predetermined linear luminance adjustment curve. An image signal amplification control is then conducted according to a linear image luminance correction curve specified by the adjustment value, the average luminance, and one or both of the one-screen minimum and maximum luminance values detected from the image signal. The corrected image is then supplied to the liquid crystal display element. In so doing, reduced power consumption is realized in the backlight of a liquid crystal display element while maintaining the image quality of displayed images.11-19-2009
20110169855Defect correction based on "virtual" lenslets - A system constructs an image using virtual lenslets.07-14-2011
20110169852DIMMING CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING DIMMING CONTROL SIGNAL BY REFERRING TO DISTRIBUTION INFORMATION/MULTIPLE CHARACTERISTIC VALUES DERIVED FROM PIXEL VALUES - An exemplary dimming control apparatus of generating a dimming control signal for a display area is provided. The dimming control apparatus includes a data analysis module and an output module. The display area includes a plurality of pixels. The data analysis module receives a plurality of first pixel values corresponding to the pixels, respectively, where the first pixel values correspond to a first frame; in addition, the data analysis module derives a first characteristic value corresponding to the first frame according to a distribution of the first pixel values, and generates a first dimming value according to at least the first characteristic value. The output module is coupled to the data analysis module, and generates the dimming control signal corresponding to the first frame according to at least the first dimming value.07-14-2011
20120139936SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTATION OF DATA STREAMS - An in-vivo sensing system and a method for creating a summarized graphical presentation of a data stream captured in-vivo. The graphical presentation may be in the form of for example a color bar. The color bar may be a fixed display along side a streaming display of the data stream. A cursor or other indicator may move along the fixed color bar as the data stream is displayed and/or streamed so as to indicate to a health professional what part of the data stream may be currently displayed. The color content in the color bar may map out the data stream and give indication of the location of anatomical sites as well as possible locations of pathology.06-07-2012
20110169856APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROCESSING SIGNALS - A signal processing apparatus and a signal processing method are disclosed. The signal processing apparatus includes a correction block and a division correction block. The correction block receives grayscale data comprising achromatic color grayscale data or chromatic color grayscale data to create corrected grayscale data. The division correction block receives the corrected grayscale data to create first division grayscale data and second division grayscale data having a grayscale value less than or equal to a grayscale value of the first division grayscale data. The correction block includes a first correction block and a second correction block. The first correction block receives the grayscale data and includes a one-dimensional lookup table to create corrected create achromatic color grayscale data. The second correction block includes a three-dimensional lookup table and an interpolator.07-14-2011
20110169853IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - A CPU of an image processing apparatus detects an outline from an original image, selects from the positions in association with the detected outline a position to be drawn at a ratio in correspondence with a predetermined ratio, for example, the number of positions, and draws an object at the selected position.07-14-2011
20110261065Method for the production of images in real time - A method for the production of two-dimensional images in real time is notably used by a simulation application using a graphics board to generate the said images in real time. Objects generated by the simulation application, composing a scene to be displayed, comprise standard objects and objects of interest for the simulation. The standard objects are processed directly by the graphics board. The objects of interest are processed more sharply by using computation means of the graphics board that are managed by the application.10-27-2011
20080266312METHOD FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY - A method for driving a display is disclosed. According to the driving method, a display panel is divided into a plurality of bright regions and a plurality of dark regions, wherein the dark regions and the bright regions are alternately arranged so that the bright regions within the display panel are not adjacent to each other. Next, a full-color frame is divided into four sub-frames, wherein the sub-frames are matched with the four color-orders one by one. In this way, the display randomly displays the sub-frames in a frame period.10-30-2008
20080266313COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - In order to obtain calorimetric data close to the color appearance under an actual viewing condition, a plurality of conversion data for converting calorimetric data measured under the first geometric condition of colorimetry into that measured under the second geometric condition of colorimetry are held, and the information of a viewing illuminant and calorimetric data measured under the first geometric condition of colorimetry are obtained. Conversion data which corresponds to the information of the viewing illuminant is interpolated from the plurality of conversion data which are held. The calorimetric data measured under the first geometric condition of colorimetry is converted into that measured under the second geometric condition of colorimetry using the interpolated conversion data.10-30-2008
20080266311Computing device entertainment mode system and method - A computing device entertainment mode system comprises a computing device comprising at least one indicator element disposed thereon, the computing device configured to be placed into an entertainment mode of operation such that, in response to being placed in the entertainment mode of operation, an illumination intensity level associated with the at least one indicator element is automatically decreased.10-30-2008
20090309895Image display apparatus, image processing apparatus, and image display method - The object of the present invention is to provide an image display apparatus, an image processing apparatus, and an image display method that are able to display images without motion blur without increasing the transmitted amount of image signal. An image display apparatus of the invention comprises an image reception unit that receives an image signal; a gray-level correction unit that corrects image signals each corresponding to sub-frames consisting of a plurality of pixel groups split from the received mage signal, using respective grayscale characteristics different from sub-frame to sub-frame; and an image display unit that displays the frame image by successively displaying the sub-frame images each having been gray-level-corrected.12-17-2009
20100128054DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus controlling luminous intensity in a display screen so that luminous intensity of the display screen displayed at a first frame rate is higher than luminous intensity of the display screen displayed at a second frame rate that is higher than the first frame rate. The display control apparatus identifies pixels showing luminosity higher than a predetermined value in the image, and depending on location of the pixels showing luminosity higher than the predetermined value, the display control apparatus determines a region displayed at the first frame rate and a region displayed at the second frame rate.05-27-2010
20100128052METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING A COLOR TEMPERATURE OF A PROJECTOR - A method and apparatus for calibrating a color temperature of a projector that creates a light of a desired color by mixing primary lights. The method includes setting target values for the mixed light, measuring color coordinate values for the primary lights, calculating the target brightness values for the primary lights using the target values and the measured color coordinate values, and calibrating the output of the primary lights output from the projector based on the calculated target brightness values.05-27-2010
20090213134TOUCH SCREEN AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A selective input system and associated method is provided which tracks the motion of a pointing device over a region or area. The pointing device can be a touchpad, a mouse, a pen, or any device capable of providing two or three-dimensional location. The region or area is preferably augmented with a printed or actual keyboard/pad. Alternatively, a representation of the location of the pointing device over a virtual keyboard/pad can be dynamically shown on an associated display. The system identifies selections of items or characters by detecting parameters of motion of the pointing device, such as length of motion, a change in direction, a change in velocity, and or a lack of motion at locations that correspond to features on the keyboard/pad. The input system is preferably coupled to a text disambiguation system such as a T9® or Sloppytype™ system, to improve the accuracy and usability of the input system.08-27-2009
20100141670Color Packing Glyph Textures with a Processor - A system, a method and computer-readable media for rendering text with a graphics processing unit (GPU). The system, method, and media includes a GPU that may be configured to receive a plurality of compressed glyph bitmap and create a plurality of glyph textures from the bitmap. The GPU may be further configured to pack a plurality of rows of data from a glyph bitmap into a single row of a glyph texture. The GPU may be also be configured to merge the plurality of glyph textures into a merged texture to identify overlapping rows of color. Additionally, the GPU maybe configured to filter the merged texture to create a grayscale texture containing a plurality of merged glyphs and rendering the grayscale texture to display the plurality of merged glyphs.06-10-2010
20120188267METHOD OF GENERATING INVERSE CONVERSION TABLE, PROGRAM FOR GENERATING INVERSE CONVERSION TABLE, IMAGE CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGE CONVERSION METHOD, AND IMAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM - A method of generating an inverse conversion table generates an inverse conversion table T07-26-2012
20100079477IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus for correcting image signals corresponding to a plurality of color images constituting an image, includes: a correction table storage unit storing one or more correction tables; and an image signal correcting unit independently correcting the image signals of the color images on the basis of one or more correction tables stored in the correction table storage unit, wherein the image signal correcting unit makes a geometric correction of a display image corresponding to the image such that display color images each corresponding to the color images superpose each other, independently among the color image.04-01-2010
20120293533METHODS FOR CREATING GAMMA CORRECTION AND TONE MAPPING EFFECTS IN A DIGITAL IMAGE - A method for creating gamma correction and tone mapping effects in a digital image includes obtaining rendering parameters, generating the rendering curve using the rendering parameters or their subset, and applying the generated rendering curve to the input image.11-22-2012
20120293534Method and Display Device for Displaying Information - A method for displaying information, in which at least one first graphical object is graphically displayed on a display area, and, in the case of a change to a second graphical object, a control device generates graphic data that control the display area in a manner that causes the first object to disappear and the second object to be faded in. In the case of a change to the second object, the control device generates graphic data that control the display area such that, in the perspective representation on the display area, the first graphical object is swiveled out about a first axis disposed outside of the display area; and, in the perspective representation on the display area, the second graphical object is swiveled in about a second axis disposed outside of the display area, until it is fully displayed.11-22-2012
20100091031IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that corrects chromatic aberration that occurs in a display optical system, using a display unit in which respective pixels have a plurality of primary color elements that emit light of respectively differing primary colors, the apparatus comprises an acquisition unit adapted to acquire a displacement amount in which the position of a primary color element used as a light source is used as a reference, for light of each primary color emitted by a primary color element of the display unit, a calculation unit adapted to calculate a display position in the display unit for each primary color component of each pixel in a display image, based on the acquired displacement amount, and a display control unit adapted to display each primary color component of each pixel of the display image at the display position of the display unit calculated by the calculation unit.04-15-2010
20130187942ELECTRONICALLY DOCUMENTING LOCATE OPERATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES - A technician performs a locate operation of an underground utility in a dig area of proposed excavation by applying one or more physical colored markers (e.g., paint, flags, other colored markers) to ground, pavement or other surface to indicate a presence or an absence of the underground utility in the dig area. A digital image of a geographic area comprising the dig area is displayed on a display device, and one or more electronic colored markers corresponding to the physical colored marker(s) are added to the displayed digital image so as to generate a marked-up image. Information relating to the marked-up image is electronically transmitted and/or electronically stored so as to document the locate operation.07-25-2013
20130187941Systems and Methods for Graph Rendering - An exemplary method comprises receiving graph data, generating an edge draw command to draw a first and a second edge as a display object, buffering first and second node positions for first and second sprites, respectively, identifying shader information associated with application of shading of the first sprite and the second sprite, the shader information indicating a change of shade based on distance from a first position and a change of shade based on distance from a second position associated with the second sprite, generating a node draw command to draw at least the first and second sprites, generating a graph shading command to apply shading to at least a portion of the first sprite based and to apply shading to at least a portion of the second sprite based, and providing the edge draw command, node draw command, and graph shading command to a graph execution module.07-25-2013
20110148904DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus according to this invention performs control so as to reduce the difference between image data input to a display unit and an image which is displayed on a display surface and acquired by an acquisition unit, based on the image data and the image.06-23-2011
20110148902Evaluation method of display device - An evaluation method of a display device includes steps of obtaining a measured value of color difference, for the display device to be evaluated which is in a state of displaying a predetermined color reference image, determining a detection limit value of color difference for the display device, in consideration of spectral luminous efficiency which has a dependence on color, with use of a subjective evaluation result of color difference obtained for the display device which is in a state of displaying both the color reference image and a color comparison image in parallel, determining an evaluation parameter with use of the measured value of color difference and the detection limit value of color difference; and evaluating a display property of the display device with use of the evaluation parameter.06-23-2011
20110148900Compensated LCD display - A method for displaying an input image on a display includes receiving the input image to be displayed on the display. The image is modified with a first process to determine a driving signal for a two-dimensional backlight array of independently selectable light emitting elements of the display. The first modified image is modified with a second noise reducing process to determine a driving signal for a two-dimensional liquid crystal layer defining pixels of the display. The two-dimensional backlight array has a different density of light emitting elements than the two-dimensional liquid crystal layer defining the pixels of the display.06-23-2011
20100085374LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device with an improved contrast ratio and a reduced electric power consumption and a driving method thereof are disclosed. The LCD device and the driving method thereof generate a data modulation control signal using single frame image data to be displayed on a liquid crystal panel, and then generating a plurality of modulated local dimming control signals for a plurality of divisional regions of the divided single frame image data. A modulated data, in which the single frame image data is compensated with the data modulation control signal is generated and applied to the liquid crystal panel. A plurality of driver signals each corresponding to the modulated local dimming control signals are applied to the blocks of a backlight unit. The divisional regions are opposite to the blocks, respectively.04-08-2010
20100085372Colorization method and apparatus - A method for colorization of images is presented. The method comprises the following steps: Displaying an image (04-08-2010
20100079478IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus for correcting image signals corresponding to a plurality of color images constituting an image, includes: a correction table storage unit storing one or more correction tables; a control register in which control data for specifying one of the one or more correction tables stored in the correction table storage unit for every color image is set; a correction amount calculating unit calculating a correction amount of each color image on the basis of the correction table specified by the control register; and an image signal correcting unit independently correcting the image signals of the color images on the basis of the correction amounts calculated by the correction amount calculating unit.04-01-2010
20100079476IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A largest value is selected from brightness data of sub-pixels of each pixel in an image, and a first light source luminance is calculated using the largest value. An average of the largest value of each pixel is calculated, and a second light source luminance is calculated using the average. By comparing the first light source luminance with the second light source luminance, an output light source luminance as a weighted average of the first light source luminance and the second light source luminance is calculated by setting a larger weight to a smaller one of the first light source luminance and the second light source luminance. A gradation of each sub-pixel is converted using the output light source luminance. A light source unit is controlled to emit the light having the output light source luminance.04-01-2010
20100091030FOUR COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONVERTING IMAGE SIGNAL THEREOF - One or more embodiments of the present invention relate to a four color image display device. A display device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes a first pixel adapted to display a first color, a second pixel adapted to display a second color, a third pixel adapted to display a third color, and a white pixel adapted to display a first white. In one aspect, the first to third pixels are adapted to display a second white in combination, and a ratio of the first white and the second white varies according to a gray. Accordingly, a greenish phenomenon of a low-luminance white light in a four color display device may be reduced.04-15-2010
20100091029Device and method of processing image for power consumption reduction - An image processing method for reducing a power consumption. The image processing method may reduce the power consumption by classifying an input content into a conversion target region and a preservation target region and by converting a luminance of pixels included in the conversion target region. Also, the image processing method may effectively perform a luminance conversion for pixels by separating the input content into the conversion target region and the preservation target region based on a luminance of the pixels of the input content. The image processing method may convert the luminance of the pixels of the conversion target region to maintain a contrast between text pixels and background pixels.04-15-2010
20090201309System for accurately and precisely representing image color information - A method and system for accurate and precise representation of color for still and moving images, particularly sequences of digitized color images. Spectral and/or extended dynamic range information is retained as images are captured, processed, and presented during color adjustment. Using this extra spectral information, various methodologies for further presenting or processing the color within these images can be optimized. Presentation-device independence is achieved not by attempting to discover a device-independent intermediate representation, but rather by deferring the binding and mapping of color representation onto a presentation device until its actual use.08-13-2009
20090295822DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - Change of the color of an image of a part shown in a screen of a display apparatus is facilitated. A screen editor apparatus includes a storage unit, a control unit and a display unit. The storage unit includes image data for displaying an image of a part, palette data for displaying a color palette, a drawing editor, and a program editor. The control unit includes a display control unit for causing the display unit to display the palette based on the palette data, an association unit for associating a selected hue with an image, and a screen data generation unit for generating screen data using the drawing editor, based on the data generated by the association unit.12-03-2009
20090278854Liquid crystal display and method for controlling same - An LCD includes an OSD system and a gamma correction circuit. The OSD system includes an input system for setting gamma values. The gamma correction circuit includes a look-up table. The look-up table includes a plurality of sub-look-up tables, each corresponding to a gamma value. Each sub-look-up table stores a plurality of original gray level values and a plurality of corrected gray level values corresponding to the original gray level values. The gamma correction-circuit receives an original gray level value corresponding to a video signal, and searches a sub-look-up table corresponding to a set gamma value for a corresponding corrected gray level value. A method for controlling the LCD is also provided.11-12-2009
20090284544DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - A display device includes: a brightness histogram information producing unit that produces brightness histogram information on the basis of an image signal; an APL calculating unit that calculates an APL on the basis of the brightness histogram information; a highest class determining unit that determines a highest class, which is a class with a highest brightness, on the basis of the brightness histogram information; an APL difference value calculating unit that calculates an APL difference value which is a difference value between an APL of a previous frame and an APL of a current frame; and a white peak value determining unit that determines a white peak value of a current frame by adding a predetermined value to a white peak value of a previous frame when a highest class difference absolute value, which is an absolute value of a difference value between a highest class of the previous frame and a highest class of the current frame, is less than a threshold value and that determines a white peak value of the current frame by performing a predetermined operation regardless of a white peak value of the previous frame when the highest class difference absolute value is equal to or larger than the threshold value.11-19-2009
20090284543COMPUTER AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGES - A computer having a CPU, a chipset and a graphic card is provided. The CPU is coupled to the graphic card through the chipset. The graphic card receives an output video from the chipset. The output video has a plurality of images, and each of the images has a plurality of pixels. The graphic card calculates the pixels of the image to obtain brightness values of the each pixels, and the brightness values are calculated to obtain brightness mapping values according to a non-linear function. Consequently, the graphic card is able to adjust a brightness contrast of each of the images so as to obtain a renewed output video.11-19-2009
20100277496DATA DISPLAY DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DATA DISPLAY METHOD, DATA DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A data display device for displaying, on a display unit, a group of images related to a plurality of pieces of file data comprises: an operation unit operable to receive, from a user, a display operation pertaining to the group of images related to the pieces of file data; a storage unit storing cluster information on clusters that are generated by grouping the pieces of file data according to a grouping condition; and a control unit operable to display, on the display unit, the group of images related to the pieces of file data so that the user can distinguish between clusters, in accordance with the display operation received by the operation unit and with the cluster information stored in the storage unit.11-04-2010
20090262128DYNAMIC BRIGHTNESS RANGE FOR PORTABLE COMPUTER DISPLAYS BASED ON AMBIENT CONDITIONS - A portable computer system that comprises dynamically adjustable brightness range settings and brightness control for providing improved user readability and prolonged component lifetime of the display screen. The main processor can change the range settings based on ambient light conditions or the user can perform the changes. The brightness level of the display changes according to a user selected setting within the range selected. The time required to implement the brightness change can be set to a value which can be configured by the user.10-22-2009
20090262127IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAYING SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus, a display apparatus and an image displaying system wherein both secure and public images can be efficiently displayed with high quality without lowering the contrast of the public images. There are included a memory (10-22-2009
20110169854PROJECTOR APPARATUS AND PROJECTION IMAGE CORRECTING PROGRAM PRODUCT - A projector apparatus includes: a projection unit that projects an image onto a projection surface; a reflectance distribution detection unit that detects a reflectance distribution at the projection surface; a density distribution detection unit that detects a density distribution of a base pattern at the projection surface; a smoothing unit that smooths the reflectance distribution and the density distribution; an input unit that inputs image data; a correction unit that corrects the input image data based upon the smoothed reflectance distribution, the smoothed density distribution and input/output characteristics of the projection unit; and a control unit that controls the projection unit so as to project the image based upon the image data having been corrected.07-14-2011
20110169857System for Optimizing Graphics Operations - Disclosed is a system for producing images including techniques for reducing the memory and processing power required for such operations. The system provides techniques for programmatically representing a graphics problem. The system further provides techniques for reducing and optimizing graphics problems for rendering with consideration of the system resources, such as the availability of a compatible GPU.07-14-2011
20100134514Data Driver and Liquid Crystal Display Device Including the Same - A data driver for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a common grayscale voltage generator configured to output a plurality of common grayscale voltages, a data processing unit configured to expand externally input image data to provide expanded image data and to adjust an offset of the expanded image data to output data offset adjusted image data, and a data signal output unit configured to output as data signals a first grayscale voltage corresponding to the expanded image data and a second grayscale voltage corresponding to the data offset adjusted image data among the plurality of common grayscale voltages.06-03-2010
20120293536MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An object of the present invention is to provide a multi-primary color display device which is capable of handling an increased number of primary colors for color image display with a reduced number of external parts, with reduced increase in the amount of drive circuit and reduced increase in operating speed. An active matrix liquid crystal panel (11-22-2012
20100201703Systems and Methods for Improving Throughput of a Graphics Processing Unit - Systems and methods for improving throughput of a graphics processing unit are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system includes a multithreaded execution unit capable of processing requests to access a constant cache, a vertex attribute cache, at least one common register file, and an execution unit data path substantially simultaneously.08-12-2010
20100201702DIGITAL IMAGE PROJECTION LUMINAIRE SYSTEMS - The present invention provides improvements to digital imagine projection systems and for seamless blending of images projected from a plurality of digital image projectors to create combined images from multiple projectors where the user is provided with independent control of the blend area and of independent control of image parameters within said variable blend area such as brightness, contrast, individual color intensity and gamma correction.08-12-2010
20100220109TELEVISION DEVICE - A television device structured to automatically adjust the color temperature on the display screen in accordance with the viewing environment includes an external light detection unit or an optical sensor for detecting the illuminance and the tint of the ambient light, and an image quality control unit or a microcomputer for adjusting quality of the video image to be displayed on the display panel. The image quality control unit adjusts the color temperature of the video image to be displayed in accordance with the illuminance value and the tint value detected by the external light detection unit. The optical sensor includes an illuminance sensor for mainly detecting the visible light, and an infrared sensor for mainly detecting the infrared light. The illuminance value and the tint value are obtained based on the output values of those two sensors.09-02-2010
20100220108DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes; a signal control unit which receives a plurality of image signals and determines a plurality of representative image signals from the image signals, a plurality of lookup tables, each of which is configured to store a plurality of light data signals corresponding to the plurality of representative image signals, a plurality of light-emitting blocks configured to provide light according to the respective light data signals, and a display panel configured to display an image corresponding to the plurality of image signals, wherein the signal control unit determines an average luminance value of the plurality of image signals, selects one of the plurality of lookup tables according to the determined average luminance value, reads the light data signals from the selected lookup table and provides the light data signals to at least one of the plurality of light emitting blocks.09-02-2010
20100277497METHOD FOR HIGHLIGHTING TOPIC ELEMENT AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method and system for determining highlighting colors for topic elements in a chart. The method includes acquiring contrast elements and topic elements which need to be highlighted; acquiring colors of the contrast elements and layout information of the topic elements and the contrast elements in the chart; determining a plurality of combinatorial contrast policies for the colors of the contrast elements according to a color contrast standard; calculating weights of the combinatorial contrast policies using the layout information; and determining highlighting colors of the topic elements according to the combinatorial contrast policies and their weights. A system for executing the above method is also provided. A highlighting color can be selected automatically for the information that needs attention, so that the user can determine information that should be specially noted without having professional knowledge about color, saving time and energy.11-04-2010
20100277494LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device and a method of driving the same are disclosed. The liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display panel including data lines, gate lines crossing the data lines, and liquid crystal cells arranged in a matrix format at each of crossings of the data lines and the gate lines; a data drive circuit that converts digital video data into a positive/negative data voltage using gamma reference voltages to supply the positive/negative data voltage to the data lines; and a gamma voltage adjusting unit that increases a potential of each of the gamma reference voltages during a blanking period when a polarity of the positive/negative data voltage is inverted.11-04-2010
20120293535ILLUMINATING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND TELEVISION RECEIVING DEVICE - Provided is an illuminating device that is capable of improving use efficiency of cooling fluid used for cooling LEDs. An illuminating device (11-22-2012
20120293537DATA-GENERATING DEVICE, DATA-GENERATING METHOD, DATA-GENERATING PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Data is generated, which can prevent content displayed on a screen from being accurately replicated. There are provided: an acquiring means that acquires still image data; a still image data generating means that generates a predetermined number of items of still image data in which at least part of pixels of the acquired still image data are masked, and that varies positions of at least part of pixels of pixels to be masked, between at least two items of still image data of the predetermined number of still image data; and a movie data generating means that generates movie data for which each of the generated still image data is displayed at a predetermined frame rate.11-22-2012
20120293532DRIVER-DEFINED SCREEN BACKGROUND FOR A DISPLAY IN A VEHICLE - A method for operating a display of a driver information system is provided. On the display, an image is shown, in the foreground of which driver information appears, and in the background of which a user-specific background image appears. The method includes dimming or hiding the user-specific background image in case of necessity.11-22-2012
20120293530IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND AN IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - A method of processing image data comprises identifying picture elements of a first image portion having a first hue and a first saturation assigned to the first hue, the first hue lying in a first critical hue interval, identifying picture elements a second image portion having a second hue and a second saturation assigned to the second hue, the second hue lying in a second critical hue interval, and changing the first saturation by an amount delta S.11-22-2012
20120293528METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RENDERING A PAPER REPRESENTATION ON AN ELECTRONIC DISPLAY - A display apparatus having a surface that displays image data. A processing device processes and provides image data to the display. A camera device is associated with the display and the processing device. The camera device dynamically detects a user's head position relative to the surface of the display and determines the incident light surrounding the display. The detected head position and the incident light are then processed by the processing device for rendering the image data on the display to resemble a representation of an actual paper medium.11-22-2012
20110205240Implementing Lighting Control of a User Environment - A system and method for controlling lighting conditions in a user environment whereby bandwidth consumption may be managed is disclosed. An inner frame area and an outer frame area adjust certain lighting conditions in the user environment in response to certain lighting conditions detected by the image capture device as those conditions affect bandwidth consumption during transmission of the image capture data. The frame areas may be dynamically controlled as to affect the brightness and/or color of the particular user environment.08-25-2011
20100128051BACKLIGHT DEVICE, BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a backlight device, a backlight control method, and a liquid crystal display device that allow light-emission brightness or chromaticity to be corrected with high accuracy and low cost. A light source controller controlling a backlight causes processing to be sequentially performed for all the blocks SA-a(05-27-2010
20100103186Enhanced User Interface Elements in Ambient Light - Enhanced user interface elements in ambient light is described. In embodiment(s), a sensor input can be received from light sensor(s) that detect ambient light proximate an integrated display of a portable device. A determination can be made that the ambient light detracts from the visibility of user interface elements displayed in a user interface on the integrated display, and graphic components of a user interface element can be modified to enhance the visibility of the user interface element for display in the ambient light.04-29-2010
20100141671METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COLOR ENHANCEMENT WITH COLOR VOLUME ADJUSTMENT AND VARIABLE SHIFT ALONG LUMINANCE AXIS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a system and process for enhancing the display of color in a graphical display. In one embodiment, a process is provided for color enhancement using a detection volume and a shift volume. In one embodiment, input from pixels, as color data, is compared to a detection volume. If the color data of an input is detected in the detection volume, the color data is modified to a corresponding position in the shift volume, the modification consisting of an enhancement to the original color.06-10-2010
20110267362GAMMA VARIATION USING ILLUMINATION INTENSITY - A gamma variation of image intensity is created by varying the illumination intensity during a pulse width modulated display time period. During the pulse width modulated display time period a ramp signal may be compared with the image data to determine when pixel electrodes of the pixel array are switched. The illumination intensity may be varied in concert with ramp signal to produce a quadratic variation of displayed intensity on image data value. The illumination source could be an LED illumination source and intensity of the LED illumination source could be controlled using pulse width modulation.11-03-2011
20080238931Video signal processing device, video signal processing method, and video display system - A video signal processing device which processes a video signal input into a display monitor inputs illumination profile information relating to an illumination spectral characteristic of a light source and monitor profile information relating to a display profile of the display monitor. A video signal conversion unit performs color conversion processing on the input video signal on the basis of the illumination profile information and monitor profile information, and outputs a video display signal to the display monitor. As a result, color correction is performed on a video image displayed on the display monitor.10-02-2008
20110205239METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING COLOR INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for generating color information in a mobile device is provided. The apparatus detects at least two target colors and then calculates a cyan (C) coordinate, a magenta (M) coordinate, and a yellow (Y) coordinate of each detected target color in a CMY coordinate system. Also, the apparatus generates mixed color information about a mixed color of the target colors, being based on the C coordinate, the M coordinate and the Y coordinate of each target color. A method is further provided to generate color information in the mobile device.08-25-2011
20100277492System and Method for Color Space Setting Adjustment - Disclosed are various systems and methods of color space setting adjustment. In one embodiment, a system includes an LED RGB backlight as well as a color gamut mapping engine configured to adjust a plurality of input values and output a plurality of adjusted input values to an LCD panel having a native transfer function such that the transformation of the adjusted input values to visible light displayed by the LCD panel complies with user defined color space settings.11-04-2010
20100277493FAST GAMUT CHECKING AND INVERSION OF SPECTRAL COLORS - Color management using a discrete spectral gamut descriptor. A multi-spectral color image is converted to a spectrally-based ICS representation. In response to a determination that an ICS value is included in a discrete spectral gamut descriptor, the ICS value is converted into a destination-side color. Otherwise, the ICS color value is spectrally gamut mapped, and the gamut-mapped ICS value is converted into a destination-side color. The discrete spectral gamut descriptor includes a collection of discrete cells of a subdivided bounding box that includes a set of sample points in the ICS that span the spectral gamut of the destination device. Each cell has an attribute that represents an initial guess for a destination-side color for ICS values included in the cell, and the attribute is used to convert ICS values included in the cell into destination-side colors.11-04-2010
20080316223IMAGE GENERATION METHOD - A plurality of samples having different pairs of a background color and a text color, and entry fields provided in correspondence with the individual samples and configured to be filled in by a user are printed on a sheet. After the user has filled in the sheet, the sheet is read and analyzed, and color conversion based on the analysis result is performed. The user can view the samples printed on the sheet and can select one of the samples. Thus, even if default colors used for displaying or printing are colors that are difficult to distinguish for the user, the default colors can be reliably changed into desired colors to perform displaying or printing.12-25-2008
20080316222DISPLAY DEVICE CALIBRATION SYSTEM - A display device calibration system is provided. The overall color response of a display family is characterized, and the idiosyncratic color response characteristics of the display family are determined. The idiosyncratic color response characteristics of the display family are related to respective idiosyncratic color response points. Individual idiosyncratic color response point values for an individual member of the display family are determined. The color response of the individual member of the display family is specified from the individual idiosyncratic color response point values of the individual member of the display family and the overall color response of the display family.12-25-2008
20100265263IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display method including following steps is provided. A backlight of a display panel is adaptively adjusted according to a backlight adjustment factor related to the intensity value of an external light and the brightness of an original image. Brightness factors of the original image are corrected according to the adjustment of the backlight, and the original image is reset by using the corrected brightness factors and original color factors. Thereby, the problem of image distortion caused by backlight adjustment can be reduced.10-21-2010
20100265262METHOD FOR CORRECTING PIXEL DATA, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method, according to an embodiment, is provided for correcting pixel data provided to a display apparatus. The display apparatus, according to an embodiment, includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels and a light source module having a plurality of light-emitting blocks. The method includes determining a pixel luminance that is a luminance of light provided to each of the pixels; and generating correction data to correct the pixel data, the correction data being generated based on the pixel luminance and a maximum emission luminance that is a maximum luminance of the light emitted from each of the light-emitting blocks.10-21-2010
20120293529DISPLAYING AND INPUTTING SYMBOLS - Methods, systems, and computer-storage media having computer-usable instructions embodied thereon, for displaying and inputting symbols are provided. Bopomofo symbols are phonetic representations of Chinese characters. To accommodate all the Bopomofo symbols on a mobile device keyboard without sacrificing key size, the Bopomofo keys are dynamically disabled based on grammar rules and user inputs. For example, a symbol that is not eligible to follow an input symbol is disabled such that it does not distract a user searching for a symbol in the keyboard. Further, specific keys on a keyboard are dynamically replaced with tone keys once a user inputs a symbol. A user interface for displaying the symbols is, thus, consistent and easy to navigate for a user.11-22-2012
20080291213AUTOMATIC COLOR DISPLAY CONVERSION - A color computer output is dynamically converted into a monochrome computer output based on a stored profile. The stored profile may be for a piece of hardware (e.g., a monochrome printer), or a user (e.g., a color-blind user).11-27-2008
20080284791FORMING COLORING BOOKS FROM DIGITAL IMAGES - Embodiments herein include a method, service, apparatus, etc., that automatically generates a coloring book image that includes line drawings defining a small number of color coherent, clearly discriminated, closed regions while preserving the basic semantic properties of the original image. These regions hence can be filled in with colored inks, crayons, paints, etc. The method inputs a color image that can be a photograph, scanned image, etc. The method begins by transforming the color image into a chrominance-luminance space and then performs low pass filtering on the color image that preserves the chrominance edges of the features within the color image. Next, the method segments the color image into the features based on locations of the chrominance edges of the features. Then, the method can merge selected features into other features. After performing any merging, the method identifies the remaining chrominance edges of the features within the image and adds lines along the remaining chrominance edges to form outlines of the features. Then, the method automatically filters out all other data from the image to leave only the outlines and produce a revised image consisting of just the outlines. The revised image of just outlines is then output to the user.11-20-2008
20080284792Method and system for improving display quality of a multi-component display - A method, computer-usable medium, and system for processing graphical data for display on a multi-component display is disclosed. Embodiments improve the display quality of multi-component displays by modifying graphical data to preemptively compensate for distortion caused by interstitial layers and/or display screens of the multi-component display, thereby enabling display of graphical objects from multi-component displays with improved optical characteristics. For example, where components of a multi-component display blur displayed images, graphical data used to display graphical objects may be modified to sharpen the graphical objects before display. The pre-sharpening amplifies the high frequency components of the displayed graphical objects to compensate for the dampening caused by passing the graphical objects through the components of the multi-component display.11-20-2008
20100141675IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - When the user presses an Alt key, the mode makes a transition to a property value switching mode and all annotations are made visible. At this time, the originally invisible annotations with the visibility properties set to invisible are drawn translucently. That is, a scanner name, a color bar, and a patient name which are not visible in a normal mode are drawn translucently. Thus, the user presses the Alt key, whereby the mode can be switched to the visible switching mode of drawing all objects, so that the user can promptly designate the annotation whose visibility property is to be changed and can smoothly conduct a medical diagnosis with an image.06-10-2010
20130215133Adjusting Content Rendering for Environmental Conditions - A system includes a computing device that includes a memory configured to store instructions. The computing device also includes a processor to execute the instructions to perform a method that includes receiving information representative of one or more environmental conditions. The method also includes determining one or more adjustments for rendering content on one or more electronic displays based upon the received information representative of the one or more environmental conditions, and, adjusting the rendering of the content for being presented on at least one display based upon the received information representing the one or more environmental conditions.08-22-2013
20090109233Methods and Systems for Image Enhancement - Embodiments of the present invention relate to systems and methods for image enhancement. Some embodiments comprise color detection, color mapping and differential processing based on color characteristics. Some embodiments comprise tonescale processing. Some embodiments comprise application of dither pattern noise to an image to reduce contouring artifacts.04-30-2009
20090109232Methods and Systems for Backlight Modulation and Brightness Preservation - Elements of the present invention relate to systems and methods for image enhancement for color enhancement, brightness enhancement and/or backlight modulation compensation. Some elements comprise backlight illumination level selection.04-30-2009
20100141672LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE - A light source device includes a light source module having a light-emitting block, an image analysis part, a duty ratio calculation part, a duty ratio determination part and a signal generation part. The image analysis part extracts representative luminance data of the light-emitting block based on pixel data. The duty ratio calculation part calculates duty ratio data of the light-emitting block based on the representative luminance data. The duty ratio determination part generates determined duty ratio data of the light-emitting block based on the duty ratio data from a first period, and the signal generation part generates a driving signal having a duty ratio corresponding to the determined duty ratio data to drive the light-emitting block.06-10-2010
20090122070IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus that displays an image on the basis of input image signals corresponding to sub-pixels forming one pixel includes a shift-amount storing unit that stores shift amounts of display positions of the sub-pixels relative to given reference positions in a display image, an image-signal correcting unit that corrects the input image signals according to the shift amounts, and an image display unit that displays an image on the basis of the image signals corrected by the image-signal correcting unit.05-14-2009
20130120426System and Method for Generating Vector Output From a Physical Simulation of a Bristle Brush - A method, system, and computer-readable storage medium are disclosed for simulating bristle brush behavior and generating vector output from such simulations. User input may represent a stroke made by a paint brush comprising multiple bristles sweeping across a canvas. A vector representation of the brush stroke's effects may be generated by, for each of the plurality of bristles: determining a path along which the bristle has swept, and generating a vector representation of the path along which the bristle has swept (e.g., a set of Bézier curves, or straight line segments). The vector representation of the effects of the brush stroke may comprise the vector representations of the paths along which each of the plurality of bristles has swept. The vector representations of the paths of each bristle sweep may be composited over each other in an image editing application to depict the brush stroke for display and/or for printing.05-16-2013
20130120428Mobile Projector with Position Dependent Display - A projection apparatus memorizes settings as a function of location, orientation, elevation, or any combination. The projection apparatus recalls the settings when the location, orientation, elevation, or combination of the projection apparatus matches memorized values. Memorized settings may include projector settings, image source settings, audio output settings, audio source settings, and the like.05-16-2013
20130120429METHOD OF REPRESENTING EMOTION IN A TEXT MESSAGE - A method of representing an emotion in a text message. The method includes providing a mobile system that has a display and operating system with a short message service. The operating system receives a text message and reviews the text message with a text application that is integrated into the software of the short message service. The text application then detects a series of characters that are provided in the text message and alters the text to indicate the emotion associated with the series of characters that has been detected.05-16-2013
20130120430ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND TEXT READING GUIDE METHOD THEREOF - A text reading guide method for an electronic device including a display screen and a storage unit is provided. The storage unit stores a database recording a number of feature values of images and a plurality of coordinates. Each set of coordinates corresponds to a display region and is associated with a feature value. The method includes the steps of capturing an image of finger of a user; extracting a finger image feature value from the captured finger image; searching the database to find a matching finger image feature value, and retrieving the coordinates associated with the finger image feature value; determining the display content on the display region corresponding to the retrieved coordinates; and displaying the determined contents in a manner of highlighting on the display screen. An electronic device using the method is also provided.05-16-2013
20100141669Display Apparatus - A display apparatus 06-10-2010
20090102854DISPLAY METHOD AND COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A display method and a color sequential display using the same are provided. The color sequential display displays a frame in a frame period, wherein the frame includes a plurality of sub-frames, and the frame period includes a plurality of sub-frame periods. In the display method, a first sub-frame is displayed in response to a luminaire device during a first sub-frame period, and in simultaneous, a second sub-frame is addressed in the first sub-frame period. Next, the second sub-frame is displayed in response to the luminaire device during a second sub-frame period. In the display method, scales of the first sub-frame period and the second sub-frame period are determined according to the luminous efficiency of the luminaire device. Therefore, the optical performance of the color sequential display can be enhanced.04-23-2009
20090160871IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE DATA CONVERSION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - An image data conversion method is provided. The method comprises the following steps of (a) receiving an original image data having three basic-color sub-pixel data and (b) calculating at least one color-enhancing sub-pixel data according to any two basic-color sub-pixel data so as to convert the original image data into an image data having at least three basic-color sub-pixel data and one color-enhancing sub-pixel data. The calculation of the color-enhancing sub-pixel data is represented as:06-25-2009
20090184974CONVERSION TABLE CREATING DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONVERSION TABLE CREATING PROGRAM, AND CONVERSION TABLE CREATING METHOD - A color data setting unit that sets a plurality of sets of fifth color data that are defined in a first color space in one to one correspondence with a plurality of fourth color data sets. An identifying unit identifies some of first reference points, that are in proximity to the fifth color data set for each of second reference points. A calculation unit calculates, for each of all the second reference points, color differences between the fifth color data set for the each second reference point and the some of the first reference points. A determining unit determines, for each of the first reference points, a single fifth color data set that has the smallest color difference among all the color differences that are calculated with respect to is the each of the first reference points. A registering unit registers, at each of the first reference points, the fourth color data set that is set in correspondence with the single fifth color data sets.07-23-2009
20120139934System and Method for Graphically Displaying Market Related Data Using Fixed Size Bars - A system and method are provided for displaying market related data, such as traded volume at each price level, or any other trader-selected values, using one or more fixed size bars. In one preferred embodiment, a graphical display interface is provided and includes a plurality of fixed size bars that display traded volume at different price levels. In such an embodiment, the length of each bar may correspond to a predefined maximum value, and each bar may be progressively color-coded using a first graphical format to represent traded volume that is lower than the maximum value. If the traded volume exceeds the maximum value, the overflow value may be represented by progressively color-coding the bar using a second graphical format that may be used in relation to the first graphical format color-coding.06-07-2012
20120069040IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus comprising an input unit which inputs an image, a first region calculating unit which calculates a first region in the image, a second region calculating unit which calculates a second region, which is surrounding the first region in the image and an image deformation unit which magnifies the image included in the first region while deforming an image included in the second region03-22-2012
20120069044DYNAMIC GAMMA CONTROL METHOD FOR LCD - A dynamic gamma control method for an LCD is provided. The LCD displays a present frame by a plurality of gamma reference voltages and the present frame includes an R-pixel data sum, a G-pixel data sum and a B-pixel data sum which are obtained by respectively adding all R-pixel data, all G-pixel data and all B-pixel data of at least one pixel of the present frame. The method includes steps of: weighting the R-pixel data sum, the G-pixel data sum and the B-pixel data sum with a first, a second and a third parameters respectively and adding them up to obtain a gamma indication value, and choosing a suitable one from the plurality of gamma reference voltages to display the present frame thereby if the gamma indication value is equal to a gamma reference value formed by adding the first, the second and the third parameters up.03-22-2012
20120069043INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An method is provided for controlling devices. The method comprises detecting location of an operating member in non-contacting proximity to a non-contacting interface. The method further comprises changing selection among a plurality of data objects belonging to a group, based on a change in detected location of the operating member while in proximity to the interface.03-22-2012
20120069042SENSOR-EQUIPPED DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A sensor-equipped display apparatus including a light-transmissive display screen, a sensor that detects light passing through the light-transmissive display screen, and a material that visually obscures the sensor when viewed through the light-transmissive display screen.03-22-2012
20120069041IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - According to an aspect of the invention, an image processing apparatus includes a graphic registration unit, a registered graphic extraction unit, a color reduction unit and an image formation controller. A specific graphic is registered in the graphic registration unit. The registered graphic extraction unit extracts, from an image to be processed, the specific graphic registered in the graphic registration unit. The color reduction unit reduces the number of colors used for a portion of the image to be processed other than the specific graphic. The image formation controller controls an image forming apparatus to form the specific graphic and the portion of the image to be processed in which the number of the colors is reduced, according to a performance of the image forming apparatus.03-22-2012
20120069039TIMING CONTROLLER - A transmission method is provided for transmitting image data having pixels each comprising multiple sub-pixels provided for respective colors. The luminance of each sub-pixel provided for the corresponding color is represented by m-bit (m is an integer of 2 or more) luminance data R[m−1:0], G[m−1:0], and B[m−1:0]. Mapping is performed such that the bits provided for the same color at the same bit positions selected from the adjacent n (n represents an integer of 2 or more) pixels are sequentially arranged in the time direction so as to form a data unit. Data transmission is performed in units of data units (bit sets) thus mapped.03-22-2012
20090251483METHOD AND RELATED CIRCUIT FOR COLOR DEPTH ENHANCEMENT OF DISPLAYS - Method and related circuit for color depth enhancement of displays is provided. In an embodiment of the invention, when emulating an interpolated color level between a first and a second color levels the display can display, a color channel component of the first color level and another color channel component of the second color level are selected for color dithering and color depth enhancement.10-08-2009
20090058875Digital Light Processing Display Device - The invention relates to a display device using the DLP (Digital Light Processing) technology. This invention is in the field of digital cinema and content protection, where camcorder acquisition followed by immediate illegal distribution creates important revenue losses for content owners. According to the invention, the addressing of the display device is modified in order to introduce an anti-copy processing. The display device comprises modulation means for modulating the colour or brightness of video data of video pictures received at a first rate and for outputting at a second rate modulated video data, said second rate being a multiple of the first rate, subfield coding means for coding said modulated video data into subfield data, said subfield data being delivered at the second rate, and addressing means for addressing the array with said subfield data at a third rate. Advantageously, the third rate is not a multiple of the first rate.03-05-2009
20110141130DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a display device, including: a display panel having a display area having a plurality of pixels each composed of one or more sub-pixels, a first image and a second image being alternately displayed adjacent to each other in the sub-pixels, the first image and the second image being displayed in visual directions different from each other so as to be adapted to be discriminated from each other; and a crosstalk correcting portion having a crosstalk correcting table, configured to carry out crosstalk correction for images different from one another by using the crosstalk correcting table; wherein the display area is divided into a plurality of areas, and gamma correction which differs so as to correspond to the plurality of areas obtained through the division, respectively, is carried out for an image as an object of the crosstalk correction.06-16-2011
20090167779COLOR SIGNAL GENERATING DEVICE - An object of the present invention is to provide a color signal generating device where the size of the operational circuit is small and the speed of signal processing is fast. The color signal generating device for converting signals from a first color signal for forming a number of input pixels to a second color signal for forming a number of output pixels is provided with: a signal gradient detecting means for detecting a gradient of color signals in a reference pixel within the number of input pixels; a signal distributing means for comparing the first color signal for the reference pixel where the gradient is detected and the second color signal for the reference pixel of the number of output pixels corresponding to the reference pixel and stored in advance in the case where the gradient is detected, and distributing a color signal to a periphery pixel adjacent to the reference pixel having the second color signal in the case where the first color signal has a color which the second color signal does not; and a signal modifying means for converting the first color signal for forming a number of input pixels to a second color signal on the basis of the distributed color signal.07-02-2009
20110141129IMAGE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - According to an aspect of the invention, an image information processing apparatus includes an input unit, a search unit, and an invalidation unit. The input unit is a unit to which image forming information containing a drawing command for an apparatus for forming an image on a medium is input. The search unit searches the image forming information for a given drawing command of a white image element, the given drawing command containing an over command to set a color of a portion overlapping a different image element in a color determined by a relationship with the color of the different image element. The invalidation unit invalidates the over command in the given drawing command found by the search unit.06-16-2011
20130215134Alpha Channel Power Savings in Graphics Unit - A graphics processing circuit and method for power savings in the same is disclosed. In one embodiment, a graphics processing circuit includes a number of channels. The number of channels includes a number of color component channels that are each configured to process color components of pixel values of an incoming frame of graphics information. The number of channels also includes an alpha scaling channel configured to process alpha values (indicative of a level of transparency) for the incoming and/or outgoing frames. The graphics processing circuit also includes a control circuit. The control circuit is configured to place the alpha scaling channel into a low-power state responsive to determining that at least one of the incoming or outgoing frames does not include alpha values.08-22-2013
20090096803Shading of translucent objects - Embodiments of the invention relate for rendering translucent objects. According to some embodiments, the color of a pixel of a translucent object that is not directly illuminated by a light source can be determined by decaying the illumination contributed by the light source according to a predefined decay function. The decay function may be, for example, an exponential decay function. The decay function may be evaluated based on an initial illumination contributed by the light source, and a transmittance distance. In some embodiments, the initial color of the pixel is decayed instead of the illumination. Also disclosed is modifying the renderings of different regions of an object which have been rendered using different methods in order to remove sharp contrasts between these regions.04-16-2009
20110227940METHOD OF MODELING THE LIGHT FIELD CREATED BY A LOCAL-DIMMING LED BACKLIGHT FOR AN LCD DISPLAY - A controller for an LCD display is described. The controller can control an LED backlight that includes an array of LED lighting elements and an LCD panel that includes a number of pixels. The controller can modulate an individual or groups of the lighting elements in the LED backlight, such as dimming lighting elements, to control a light-field emitted from the LED backlight. The modulation of the lighting elements, such as dimming, can improve image contrast ratios that are generated using the LCD display. Methods and apparatus are described that can simplify calculations used to determine 1) the light-field generated by the LED backlight and 2) a correction factor for adjusting pixel data. The correction factor can be used to adjust an amount of light transmitted by each pixel in the LCD panel to compensate for the backlight producing a light-field that is brighter in some areas and dimmer in other areas.09-22-2011
20090231354A Color Controller for a Luminaire - A color controller for a luminaire constituted of: a thru-converter operative to convert an input signal to at least one luminaire drive signal; an illumination sampler arranged to sample an output from the luminaire and generate a representation thereof; and a feedback controller arranged to receive the output representation and generate the updatable conversion factor in cooperation with calibration luminance and color values, wherein the thru-converter operation is responsive to a trigger signal for defining a first and a second mode, the first mode for generating the luminaire drive signal for the luminaire responsive to the input signal being a frame luminance signal and target color signals and wherein the conversion to the at least one luminaire drive signal is responsive to an updatable conversion factor, and the second mode for generating the luminaire drive signal for the luminaire responsive to the feedback controller.09-17-2009
20090096804REDUCING VISIBILITY OF DISPLAY ERRORS - A method and system are described for adjusting displaying of images to be displayed on a display system. The method is suitable for display systems comprising at least one hardware feature (f04-16-2009
20090002389IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus has a plurality of display devices and a correction circuit which corrects image data in order to reduce luminance unevenness among the plurality of display devices. The correction circuit has a first storing unit which stores first characteristic data of each of the display devices which represent variation characteristics of luminance with respect to drive time therein, a second storing unit which stores drive time data which represent values correlated with drive time of the display devices and are updated when the display devices are driven, and a calculation unit which calculates correction values corresponding to each of the display devices based on the first characteristic data and the drive time data.01-01-2009
20090002388CONTENT AND ACTIVITY MONITORING - A user interface includes at least one application element on a display of a device and at least indicative element associated with the at least one application element. The at least one indicative element is configured to vary at least one attribute in relation to a parameter of the at least one application element in order to reflect a degree of activity associated with an application linked to the at least one application element.01-01-2009
20110227939IMAGE GENERATION DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE GENERATION METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, IMAGE GENERATION PROGRAM, AND IMAGE DISPLAY PROGRAM - Provided is an image generation device which can reduce the maximum time required until a preview image is displayed without narrowing the selection width of the image quality adjustment. The device includes an image quality parameter reduction object selection unit which selects at least one image quality adjustment content from preset image quality adjustment contents, an image quality parameter application unit which applies the image quality adjustment content selected by the image quality parameter reduction object selection unit to the given image data and performs image quality adjustment of the image data and a transmission/reception unit which transmits the image data subjected to the image quality adjustment by the image quality parameter application unit to the image display unit. When at least two of the image data subjected to the image quality adjustment by applying the image quality adjustment contents are displayed with the same or similar image quality in the image display device, the image quality parameter reduction object selection unit selects only one image quality adjustment content from the image quality adjustment contents applied to the image data.09-22-2011
20090102853COLOR DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ACTIVE MATRIX APPARATUS - A color display apparatus which has a color display unit in which color pixels are arranged in a matrix, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of column drive circuits which output data signals to a plurality of data lines for every row, has a first dispersion circuit for selecting column drive circuits used as output destinations of analog video signals for every color which are obtained by DA converting digital video signals for every color, a second dispersion circuit for selecting data lines used as output destinations of the data signals from the column drive circuits, and control circuits which control the first and second dispersion circuits so as to sequentially change the drive circuits used as the output destinations of the analog video signals for each color, and the data lines used as the output destinations of the data signals, for every scanning period.04-23-2009
20090213133DISPLAY-DATA GENERATING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY-DATA GENERATING METHOD - A display-data generating apparatus obtains reputation information indicative of reputation of a subject and extracted from a text accessible via a network, and linkage information indicative of a linkage between texts, and couples the reputation information and the linkage information to obtain the linkage between the texts associated with the reputation information specified from each of the texts. The display-data generating apparatus determines a display mode of a first mark that symbolizes the text and a second mark that symbolizes the linkage based on the reputation information corresponding to the text, and generates a display data to display the first mark and the second mark in the determined display mode.08-27-2009
20090256855SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNIT AUGMENTED HIGH PERFORMANCE PERSONAL COMPUTING - Systems and methods are disclosed method to increase processing power of a computer by generating a plurality of tasks for an application software; distributing the tasks over a plurality of general purpose processor cores and a graphics processing unit (GPU); and receiving the outputs from the cores and the GPU.10-15-2009
20090219296IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display image of a frame is input in time series. An inverse colored image to cancel the display image is generated. The display image is divided into a plurality of subfields, and the inverse colored image is also divided into a plurality of subfields. A time divisional image is generated by disposing a display time of a subfield of the inverse colored image before and after a display time of a corresponding subfield of the display image. While displaying the time divisional image on a screen, a light from the screen is transmitted in synchronization with display timing of the display image in a display time of the time divisional image, and the light is cut off in synchronization with display timing of the inverse colored image in the display time of the time divisional image.09-03-2009
20100060658INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus is provided that includes an illuminance detection unit to detect brightness and output an illuminance value corresponding to the detected brightness, a luminance control unit to derive a luminance set value for controlling a light emission signal regulating luminance of a light source based on the illuminance value, and a display control unit to derive power consumption information related to power consumption of the light source based on the luminance set value and display the power consumption information on a display screen.03-11-2010
20090122069INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A cellular phone includes an illuminance sensor and a controller. The illuminance sensor detects illuminance in an ambient environment of the cellular phone. The controller refers to a control table in which a brightness region corresponding to an illuminance value and a set value related to a brightness value of a backlight are associated with each other and registered in advance. According to an illuminance value detected in the ambient environment, the controller sets a brightness value of the backlight to one of a plurality of set values. If the illuminance value is greater than the previous illuminance value and a brightness region corresponding to the previous illuminance value and a brightness region corresponding to the current illuminance value are different, the controller controls, after a predetermined time elapses, brightness of the backlight according to a set value greater than a set value previously set.05-14-2009
20090256854BRIGHTNESS UNEVENNESS CORRECTION FOR OLED - Displaying an image with unevenness correction by measuring Vgs-Id characteristics of the transistors in a subset of pixels; approximating each characteristic using an equation of the form10-15-2009
20090256853IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND METHOD THEREOF - An image processing circuit including an input unit and a first multiplier is provided. The input unit is used for receiving an image data, and obtaining a plurality of color signal values for forming the image data. The first multiplier is used for multiplying the color signals by a transfer matrix to obtain a plurality of transfer color signal values, so as to form a display image.10-15-2009
20090244085Image Display Apparatus, Image Display Method And Image Display Program - The present invention provides an image display apparatus, image display method and image display program product which ensure that a monochrome image for medical use is displayed in the color tone suitable for detection of a lesion. The image display apparatus includes: a control section which generates color image data to be displayed by assigning data of a monochrome image to color data of R, G, and B; and a color display section which is capable of displaying the monochrome image based on the color image data to be displayed. The control section generates the color image data to be displayed by assigning the data of the monochrome image to R, G, and B within at least a range between a maximum luminance L10-01-2009
20120194538METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGHLIGHTING FUNCTIONAL DISPLAY ITEMS - A method for highlighting functional display items, the method comprising the steps of: selecting (08-02-2012
20120194537Systems and Methods for Performing Color Adjustment of Pixels on a Color Display - System and methods are provided for performing saturation adjustment of one or more pixels. In one embodiment, an input color value of a pixel is received. The input color value includes an input saturation component. An adjusted color value is extracted from a predetermined look-up table that maps the input color value to the adjusted color value, the adjusted color value having an adjusted saturation component that is different from the input saturation component. The adjusted color value is output.08-02-2012
20120194536DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A data processing method compensates a color of input data for a present frame of a display panel of a display apparatus to generate color compensating data. Dimming levels of a plurality of light emitting blocks included in a light source module for the display panel are determined using the color compensating data. Compensating data of the present frame is generated using the color compensating data and compensating coefficient data including the dimming levels.08-02-2012
20100177111ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS - An electronic device having a display unit, an indicator, an illuminance sensor and a controller is provided. The indicator is configured to be turned on for emitting light and to be turned off. The illuminance sensor is configured to sense ambient illuminance. The controller is connected to the display unit, the indicator and the illuminance sensor. The controller is configured to turn on and off the indicator. The controller is configured to set brightness of the display unit depending on a value of the ambient illuminance sensed by the illuminance sensor while the indicator continues to be off.07-15-2010
20100156925APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIMULATING VIDEO DATA OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A method and apparatus for simulating video data of a liquid crystal display (LCD) device is disclosed. The simulation method includes providing voltage-versus-transmittance data and viewing angle-versus-transmittance data, which vary with a liquid crystal mode, using an optical simulation, converting the result of the optical simulation into a lookup table in connection with a viewing angle and an applied voltage, matching a driving voltage for gamma setting based on the liquid crystal driving mode to gray level data corresponding to the voltage-versus-transmittance data, and correcting minimum/maximum brightness levels, simulating a user-desired test image on a user interface screen; and correcting a color of data of a test image according to properties of an output panel, and finally displaying the color-corrected image.06-24-2010
20090315910SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OBTAINING AN IMAGE ALPHA MATTE - Methods and systems for obtaining an alpha matte for an image are disclosed. First and second known portions of an image are determined. The alpha matte for the image is estimated based on an initial fuzzy connectedness (FC) determination between the entire image and the first and second known portions. A third known portion is obtained. The estimated alpha matte for the image is refined based on a subsequent FC determination between a subset of the image and the first, second, and third known portions for the subset of the image and the initial FC determination for a remainder of the image.12-24-2009
20100149204IMAGE COLOR BALANCE ADJUSTMENT FOR DISPLAY PANELS WITH 2D SUBIXEL LAYOUTS - The subpixel rendering component of a display system provides the capability to substitute a second subpixel rendering filter for a first subpixel rendering filter for computing the values of certain subpixels on the display panel when the input image data being rendered indicates an image feature that may give rise to a color balance error at some portion of the displayed output image. An image processing method of correcting for color balance errors detects the location of a subpixel being rendered and for certain subpixels, detects whether the input image data indicates the presence of a particular image feature. When the image feature is detected for particular subpixels being processed, a second subpixel rendering image filter is substituted for a first subpixel rendering image filter.06-17-2010
20100177114Image display device - An image display device includes: a display part, a measuring instrument, a determination unit, a detection unit, a decision unit, and a notification processing unit. The display part allows a user to visually recognize a display image by projecting an image light corresponding to the display image on an eye of the user in a state where some ambient light reaches at least either one of eyes of the user. The measuring instrument measures brightness of the ambient light. The determination unit determines brightness of the display image. The detection unit detects the difference between the brightness of the ambient light and the brightness of the display image. The decision unit decides timing of temporarily stopping the use of the display part. The notification processing unit performs notification which prompts the user to stop the use of the display part at the timing.07-15-2010
20100177112IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, ITS METHOD AND PROGRAM, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing apparatus sequentially provides a display device with a plurality of image output including a first image, a second image set to become at least a part of an image that is not correlated with the first image when luminance values of pixels of the first image are added to it, and a third image set to become an image, which is obtained by adding luminance values of pixels of all pluralities of images, higher spatial-frequency components than those of the first image. The image processing apparatus has an optical shutter control unit for controlling an optical shutter provided between the display device and a viewer to make the shutter be in a light transmission state while a part of or all the first image is displayed, and in a light interception state while other images are displayed.07-15-2010
20090085923Road Image Creation System - To provide a system that is able to generate road images with the effects of obstructions such as parked vehicles eliminated.04-02-2009
20110128295INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - In one example embodiment, an information processing apparatus causes a display device to display a first image from images associated with an observation target object. The images include the first image and a second image which corresponds to an annotation mark. In this embodiment, the information processing apparatus also causes the display device to display the annotation mark corresponding to the second image. In this embodiment, the displayed annotation mark overlaps the first image.06-02-2011
20100177110METHOD OF FAST COLORING A POLYGON - A method of fast coloring a polygon for calculating areas of figures, the method comprising steps of resetting record values of all coordinate points to zero in the memory space; inputting the coordinate value of the ordered nodes defining the polygon into the memory space; connecting the nodes according to a predetermined order to determine connection points between the nodes; assigning a record value of each of the nodes as a flag value or a line value; assigning a record value of each of the connection points as a flag value or a line value; and calculating the area of the polygon by processing record values of the coordinate points in the memory space according to the record values of the nodes and the record values of the connection points. The method of fast coloring a polygon of the present invention is implemented with ordinary instead of complicated hardware configurations.07-15-2010
20100156927DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a light modulating unit configured to modulate light based on a video signal, a light source configured to supply light to the light modulating unit, a detecting unit configured to detect a light amount of the light source, and a control unit configured to perform control for correcting the video signal based on the detected light amount so as to attain a color temperature and brightness that had already been set.06-24-2010
20100156926IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display device is provided, with less color breaking in the field sequential method. A color component image with a relatively high luminance level is extracted as a fundamental image from an input image. A differential image is obtained by subtracting color component of the fundamental image from an input image, and is decomposed into a plurality of color components. The differential image for each color component is divided into two. The fundamental image is displayed at a middle timing of a frame period. The half-divided differential images are displayed at timings before and after the middle timing for the fundamental image so that the half-divided differential image with higher luminance level with consideration for visibility characteristic is displayed at a timing closer to the middle timing for the fundamental image.06-24-2010
20100156928APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Discussed are an apparatus and method for driving a liquid crystal display device, which can improve picture quality by changing a driving mode displaying images according to setting information from a user or to an image characteristic. An apparatus for driving a liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal panel including a plurality of pixel regions to display images, and a liquid crystal panel driving controller for performing either a black data addressing method for time-division driving the liquid crystal panel or a gate pulse modulation method for converting a level of a gate-on voltage supplied to the liquid crystal panel, according to setting information from a user or a moving image or still image characteristic of a currently displayed image.06-24-2010
20100156923GRAPHICS DISPLAY DEVICE AND GRAPHICS DISPLAY METHOD - A graphics display device and method performing display indicating that graphics software for graphics drawing is an evaluation version including storing a display pattern indicating that the graphics software is an evaluation version, storing a parameter indicating a display method of the display pattern and displaying the display pattern based on the parameter by a cursor display hardware.06-24-2010
20100156921Methods and devices useful for analyzing color medical images - In one embodiment, a method that includes comparing a subject color medical image to normal color medical image data; and identifying abnormal pixels from the subject color medical image. Another embodiment includes a computer readable medium comprising machine readable instructions for implementing one or more steps of that method. Another embodiment includes a device that has a field programmable gate array configured to perform one or more of the steps of that method. Another embodiment includes a device that has an application specific integrated circuit configured to perform one or more of the steps of that method.06-24-2010
20100259550Method of Visualization of Contrast Intensity Change Over Time in a DSA Image - A system provides a display image enabling a user to visualize and compare blood flow characteristics over time at selected points in an angiographic X-ray image. A system and user interface enables user interaction with a medical vessel structure image to determine individual vessel blood flow characteristics. The system includes a user interface cursor control device and a display processor for generating data representing a single composite display image. The composite display image includes, a first image area showing a patient vessel structure and contrast agent flow through the patient vessel structure over a first period of time and a second image area showing a graph of contrast agent concentration in a particular portion of the vessel structure over a second period of time. The particular portion of the vessel structure is selected in response to user command using the cursor control device.10-14-2010
20100259549SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING A BARCODE AT A COMPUTING DEVICE - Embodiments of the systems, devices, and methods described herein generally facilitate the display of a barcode at a computing device for capture by another computing device. In accordance with one example embodiment, a barcode is generated at a first computing device, the barcode is displayed on a display screen associated with the first computing device, and one or more display properties of the barcode are dynamically modified while it is displayed at the first computing device until the barcode is successfully captured (e.g. by a camera) at a second computing device.10-14-2010
20100188413Placement of cells in bins to provide non-overlapping visualization of data points of a scatter plot - To provide non-overlapping visualization of data points of a scatter plot, bins in a visualization screen are defined. The bins are defined along a first dimension by a first attribute of the data points, and along a second dimension by a second attribute of the data points. Cells representing corresponding data points in the bins are placed using a placement algorithm that positions the cells in the bins according to values of the first and second attributes of the corresponding data points. If the placement algorithm detects plural data points that have identical values of the first and second attributes, the placement algorithm groups the data points having the identical values in nearby positions surrounding a position corresponding to the identical values of the first and second attributes to avoid overlay of the data points having the identical values of the first and second attributes.07-29-2010
20100188414METHOD AND LOGGING SYSTEM FOR TRACKING ACTIVITY DATA OF A MEDICAL SCANNING APPARATUS - The invention relates to a logging system for tracking activity-data relating to at least one medical scanning-apparatus, having input means for collecting said activity-data, a data processor, storage means for storing said activity-data, and display means for storing said collected activity-data, wherein the display means are arranged to show said collected activity-data in a graph, wherein said graph comprises a plurality of adjacent display-elements, each display-element representing a predetermined time-frame and neighboring display-elements representing consecutive time-frames, wherein all display-elements together represent at least a complete operational cycle of said medical scanning apparatus, and wherein in use each display-element concerning a passed timeframe is fully covered by a mark or a series of marks, wherein each mark represents one predetermined activity and its duration, each of said marks being selected in dependence of the activity-data collected with said input means.07-29-2010
20090102852Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for Providing Improved Gray Mapping - An apparatus for providing improved gray mapping may include a processor. The processor may be configured to divide gray value byte data into high priority portions and low priority portions distributed as constellation points in a constellation matrix and to provide separation between each of the constellation points by assigning a unique mapping code to a plurality of the constellation points.04-23-2009
20090079753PREFERENTIAL TONE SCALE FOR ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS - A method of displaying on a display a visual reproduction of an original scene with a preferential tone mapping; said display having a selected display white point and a selected display black point separated by more than 3.5 decades of luminance; the method comprising the steps of capturing original scene parameters, performing a transformation on said captured scene parameters, and displaying a visual reproduction of the scene on the display from the transformed captured scene parameters; wherein said transformation, taken in conjunction with untransformed characteristics of the capturing and displaying steps, results in a reproduced tone mapping having: a. a dynamic range greater than 3.5 decades; b. a first derivative value of minus log reproduced luminance relative to log original scene luminance between −1.1 and −1.51 inclusive for a log scene luminance of −0.6, measured relative to a 100% diffuse reflector in the original scene; c. a first derivative value less than or equal to −1.9 and greater than −4.0 for a log scene luminance of −1.9; d. a first derivative value between −1.5 and −3.0 inclusive for a log scene luminance of −2.0; and e. a first derivative value at a log scene luminance of −2.5 greater than the first derivative value at a log scene luminance of −2.0.03-26-2009
20090079755GAMUT MAP MODEL WITH IMPROVED GRADATION FIDELITY AT LOW CHROMA VALUES - An improved gamut map model (GMM) useful in conjunction with Windows Color System (WCS) is described. The method uses the WCS Minimum Color Difference (MinCD) GMM to handle gamut mapping for the Saturation rendering intent at low input chroma values. For input values to the gamut map model profile (GMMP), if the chroma value C falls within a predetermined chroma value range, the MinCD GMM will be applied, otherwise the Hue Mapping GMM is applied. The predetermined chroma value range can be determined by experimentation. The range is 0≦C≦10 in a preferred embodiment. This method will improve the gradation fidelity of the rendered images and reduce or prevent major hue shifts at low chroma values. The method may be implemented as a plug-in utility for a computer.03-26-2009
20100002009DISPLAY DEVICE, A RECEIVING DEVICE AND A METHOD FOR DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - One embodiment of the device includes a display panel and a light source evenly placed behind the panel, wherein the light source includes light source blocks divided and arranged in a matrix, includes an image judging unit which divides one frame of a video input signal into frame blocks each corresponding to a size of each of the light source blocks and judging whether images of the frame blocks are moving or still, and a light source block driving unit which blinks the light source block corresponding to the frame block the image of which is judged as moving by the judging unit upon receiving optical responses from the cells while turning on all the time the light source block corresponding to the frame block the image of which is judged as still by the judging unit.01-07-2010
20100013850LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device including a display unit and a backlight for illuminating the display unit. An optical sensor outputs a light sensing signal corresponding to brightness of external light, and an infrared cut-off filter is in a path along which the external light is incident to the optical sensor. The backlight is configured to control a luminance of light illuminating the display unit in accordance with the light sensing signal.01-21-2010
20100013847APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LUMINANCE OF DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided an apparatus and method for controlling luminance of a display device. The apparatus includes an analog digital converter (ADC), a video processor, a control unit, and a display unit. The ADC converts input image data into a digital signal. The video processor converts the digital signal output from the ADC into a format suitable for a display module. The control unit receives the formatted signal from the video processor and converts a luminance level of the formatted signal into modified luminance levels so as to reduce differences between output luminance levels across pixel regions of the display module. The display unit displays the input image data using the formatted signal according to the modified luminance levels.01-21-2010
20090102855SUBPIXEL RENDERING FILTERS FOR HIGH BRIGHTNESS SUBPIXEL LAYOUTS - A display system comprises a display panel substantially comprising a subpixel repeating group tiled across the panel in a regular pattern. The subpixel repeating group comprises at least one white subpixel and a plurality of colored subpixels. The display system further comprises input circuitry configured to receive input image data indicating an image for rendering on the display panel, and subpixel rendering circuitry configured to compute an output luminance value for each subpixel of said display panel. The subpixel rendering circuitry multiplies data values of a spatial portion of the input image data by at least one image filter kernel which comprises a matrix of coefficients arranged such that each coefficient represents a fractional part of one of said data values of said spatial portion of said input image data. The subpixel rendering circuitry is further configured to sharpen the output luminance values using a luminance signal.04-23-2009
20100188415Workflows for Color Correcting Images - The disclosed implementations relate generally to improved workflows for color correcting digital images. In some implementations, a method of correcting images includes: presenting a user interface on a display device, the user interface including a display area; presenting a digital image in the display area; overlaying a correction interface on the digital image; and performing a correction operation on at least a portion of the digital image in response to a user interaction with the correction interface, where the correction operation is performed with real-time responsiveness.07-29-2010
20100225661METHOD FOR COMPUTER-AIDED VISUALIZATION OF THE RISK STATUS IN A TECHNICAL PROJECT - In a method for computer-aided visualization of a risk status in a technical project for developing or producing a technical system, components or a process, a number of risks and/or a number of uncertainties are provided as first and/or second input variables, each risk being assigned an occurrence probability and a damage degree and each uncertainty being assigned a weighting and an estimate of damage. Furthermore, a visually distinguishable bar chart having a first and second sector for the first and second input variables is generated. For each risk, the first sector has a bar segment in which the probability-of-occurrence and the degree-of-damage variables are depicted, and for each uncertainty of the number of uncertainties, the second sector has a bar segment in which the weighting and the estimate-of-damage variable are depicted. In a circular bar chart, the corresponding bars for the risks or uncertainties are highlighted in different colors.09-09-2010
20100156922RENDERING OF AN IMAGE USING A MULTI-COMPONENT DISPLAY - A method of rendering an image using a multi-component display includes displaying a first image on a first display screen of the multi-component display, wherein the displaying the first image further includes displaying the first image with a first luminance. A second image is displayed on a second display screen of the multi-component display, wherein the first display screen and the second display screen overlap, and wherein the displaying the second image further includes displaying the second image with a second luminance. The displaying of the first image and the displaying of the second image further include displaying the first and second images in an overlapping manner to render the image, and wherein a perceived depth of the image is related to the first luminance and the second luminance.06-24-2010
20100225660PROCESSING UNIT - A processing unit comprising a memory configured to hold a plurality of colour stops. The processing unit configured to receive a reference offset and to select two of the colour stops in dependence on the reference offset. The processing unit further configured to calculate an interpolated colour in dependence on the selected colour stops and the reference offset.09-09-2010
20100149205METHOD AND DEVICE TO IMPROVE BACKLIGHT UNIFORMITY - A system and method for compensating for non-uniform illumination from a light guide for a display in an electronics device is provided. The system comprises: a memory device storing a data representing a first compensation pattern for generation on the display to block light from a first portion of the light guide relative to light from a second portion of the light guide; a first module to incorporate the stored representation into an image to be displayed on the display; and a second module to generate the image with the stored representation for display on the display. In the system, when the first module generates the first compensation pattern on the display, the first compensation pattern aligns with the first and second portions to reduce an intensity of light from a light source passing through the first compensation pattern from the first portion relative to an intensity of light passing through the first compensation pattern from the second portion from the light source.06-17-2010
20100238191Method of Browsing Photos Based on People - To browse images grouped by person on a photo displaying system, a plurality of facial regions are generated from a plurality of images of a plurality of albums. The facial regions are grouped into a plurality of clusters of faces based on similarity between the facial regions. The clusters of faces are associated with the albums. A signal is received to select one of the facial regions. The selected facial region belongs to a specific cluster of faces and the specific cluster of faces is associated with a specific album of the albums. Images of the specific album and facial regions of the clusters of faces are displayed.09-23-2010
20100238189Area adaptive backlight with reduced computation and halo artifacts - A backlight display has improved display characteristics. An image is displayed on the display which includes a liquid crystal material with a light valve. The display receives an image signal and modifies the light for a backlight array and a liquid crystal layer.09-23-2010
20100238190JOINT HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE COMPRESSION AND NOISE REDUCTION - A high dynamic range (HDR) compression method and apparatus modeled after the heat equation describing temperature changes in a thin plate. This approach allows combining high dynamic range compression together with noise reduction in a single process, to be performed within the same iteration of the heat equation. Noise reduction is of particular concern while performing HDR compression because brightening of dark areas during high dynamic range compression has the potential to increase noise levels. Performing image processing techniques in combination according to the invention provides enhanced results while lowering the overall processing overhead. This innovation extends the heat equation analogy by adding anisotropic diffusion as an additional term, which allows joint operation of HDR and NR and mitigates noise enhancement within HDR compression during shadow enhancement.09-23-2010
20080297530Four primary color display apparatus and method - A yellow primary color is used to increase the brightness of images displayed in four primary colors including red, green, blue and yellow primary colors. The yellow primary color may have a luminosity approximately equal to the luminosity of the red primary color or less, and not contribute substantially to the color gamut. A white primary color may be comprised of yellow light in the region near 570 to 590 nm and cyan light in the region near 475 to 485 nm. A blue primary color may be comprised of light shorter than about 475 nm and light longer than about 500 nm.12-04-2008
20110057946IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing method includes obtaining a first spectral characteristic value in a sample point on a stained sample based on a value of a pixel of a stained-sample image obtained by imaging the stained sample, the sample point corresponding to the pixel, the stained sample being stained with a predetermined staining dye and to be observed; and obtaining gradual second spectral characteristic values on the staining dye. The method also includes estimating an amount of the staining dye in the sample point on the staining sample by using the second dye spectral characteristic values on the staining dye based on the first spectral characteristic value.03-10-2011
20110057945VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS AND VIDEO DISPLAY METHOD - A video display apparatus includes: an area-specific lighting value calculator configured to calculate a lighting value of each of divided light source regions of a backlight and output the lighting value as numerical data; a signal output module configured to output a video signal correlated with the lighting value to a display module; a backlight controller configured to control the backlight based on the lighting value; a correction gain setting module configured to obtain a signal correction coefficient; a frequency separator configured to separate the input video signal; a signal corrector configured to correct the lighting value with respect to a low frequency component or DC component separated from the input video signal to suppress amplification of noise contained in a dark portion and generate an output video signal; and a display controller configured to control the display module to display the output video signal.03-10-2011
20110057944METHOD OF ESTABLISHING A GAMMA TABLE - An exemplary embodiment of method of establishing a gamma table using a system includes following steps. Providing a signal generator, a display device, and a color analyzer, consists of measuring luminance values of the images corresponding to a plurality of reference sampling points. Obtaining a luminance characteristic curve based on the reference sampling points and luminance values using Bezier curve interpolation. Locating the gray scales on the luminance characteristic curve with the same luminance values as the gray scales of a standard gamma table. And establishing a gamma table by comparing the gray scales of the standard gamma curve and the luminance characteristic curve.03-10-2011
20100253696LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD OF THEREOF - A liquid crystal display and a method of driving the same capable of improving contrast properties by implementing a local dimming method and achieving the slimness of the liquid crystal display are provided. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel which displays a picture; a backlight unit including a light guide plate part in which first light guide channels of a first direction and second light guide channels of a second direction intersected with the first direction are formed, first light array for illuminating light to the first light guide channels, and second light array for illuminating light to the second light guide channels, respectively, wherein blocks are defined by the intersection of the first light guide channels and second light guide channels; and a dimming controller for analyzing an input picture to correspond to the blocks to obtain first dimming values for independently controlling luminances of light sources of the first light array, determining second dimming values for independently controlling luminances of light sources of the second light array based on the first dimming values, and adjusting the first and second dimming values so that a luminance difference between neighboring blocks caused by the first and second dimming values is decreased.10-07-2010
20100253697METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR REMOTELY DISPLAYING ALPHA BLENDED IMAGES - A blending agent that can determine alpha values of a flattened image, where the flattened image includes at least one image that is generated by a multimedia platform. The blending agent can execute on a local computer to obtain image data that is generated by a first application that executes on the local computer. The blending agent can also obtain image data that is generated by a second application that executes on the local computer. A first graphic can then be rendered in a first color shade using the first application image data, and a second graphic can be rendered in a second color shade using the second application image data. In response to rendering each graphic, the blending agent can determine alpha values for the flattened image.10-07-2010
20100141676SYSTEM FOR REGIONAL DATA ASSOCIATION AND PRESENTATION AND METHOD FOR THE SAME - A database methodology that concerns the mapping of any arbitrary object into a plurality of regions, enabling the assignment of multiple region-specific attributes thereto and facilitating the concurrent, graphical presentation of any assigned attributes. Attribute storage, manipulation, and presentation are driven by the individual regions and characteristics of the object.06-10-2010
20100085376METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING AN ELECTRONIC RENDERING OF A MARKING OPERATION BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC RECORD OF MARKING INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for providing on a display device an electronic rendering of a marking operation to mark on ground, pavement, or other surface a presence or an absence of at least one underground facility. One or more electronic locate marks are displayed in a display field of the display device, based at least in part on one or more actuation data sets representing at least one physical locate mark created by an actuation of a marking device used for the marking operation. Exemplary actuation data sets comprise at least two pieces of geographic information for a corresponding physical locate mark. Electronic locate marks may be rendered statically or dynamically in the display field (e.g., as feedback during the marking operation, and/or in a timed sequence so as to recreate the marking operation), and may be overlaid on a digital image of work site/dig area in which the marking operation is performed.04-08-2010
20100128050Color Correction Method and Related Device for Liquid Crystal Display - A color correction method for liquid crystal displays (LCDs) is provided to eliminate crosstalk among color channels of the LCDs in the present invention. The color correction method includes steps of utilizing a channel-dependent Gain-Offset-Gamma (GOG) model to characterize a non-linear Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF) of the LCDs in which crosstalk among color channels exists, converting the non-linear EOTF into a device-independent linear EOTF and modifying the linear EOTF to a target EOTF, so as to make the LCDs have expected colorimetry.05-27-2010
20100118044IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In one embodiment of the present invention, an image display device capable of providing adequate quality of a moving image regardless of an image signal level of an input image signal is disclosed. An image display device of the present invention displays an image in accordance with image signals of respective pixels in each frame period wherein a frame period corresponds to image signals for a single screen, and the image display device comprises: a timing controller for dividing a single frame period into a plurality of periods including at least one sub frame A period and at least one sub frame B period; an image signal preconverting section for converting image signal levels of input image signals for the respective pixels so that the converted image signal levels are within a range from a predetermined lower limit to a predetermined upper limit; a first image processing section for carrying out a smoothing process with respect to the converted image signals of the respective pixels in the sub frame A period; a second image processing section for carrying out an emphasizing process with respect to the converted image signals of the respective pixels in the sub frame B period; and an image display section for displaying an image in accordance with the image signals for the respective pixels.05-13-2010
20090284542LENS-DEFINED ADJUSTMENT OF DISPLAYS - In an implementation, an image is distorted for display on a display device to give an appearance of a lens being applied to the image. A brightness level of the appearance of the lens for display on the display device is adjusted such that the brightness level of the appearance of the lens differs from a brightness level of the portion of the image that surrounds the appearance of the lens.11-19-2009
20130127895Method and Apparatus for Rendering Graphics using Soft Occlusion - Methods and apparatus for hidden surface removal with soft occlusion. Soft occlusion methods are described that treat surfaces as having a degree of uncertainty in depth. The soft occlusion methods may, for example, be used to remove artifacts from rendered images due to nearly coplanar surfaces or to render novel effects such as soft intersections between objects including consistent shadows and other global illumination effects. The soft occlusion methods may compute the ‘expected’ or average image given depth probability density functions. This has the effect of visually blending together surfaces that are close together in depth, leading to soft intersections. The computation of soft occlusion may be achieved analytically, for certain probability density functions, or stochastically. The stochastic soft occlusion methods extend the approach to a probability distribution of models, which allows for the effects of shadows and other global illumination effects to be included.05-23-2013
20090073181APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COLOR OF IMAGES REPRODUCED BY IMAGE REPRODUCING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for adjusting the color of a reproduction image in an image reproduction device are provided. The color adjusting apparatus for an image reproduction device includes: an average saturation calculation unit calculating the saturation of each color component in an input image signal; a user input unit for a user to input a control signal for color adjustment; an equalization (EQ) generation unit generating graphic equalization (EQ) by referring to the calculated saturation of each color of the average saturation calculation unit and the control signal for color adjustment from the user input unit; an image display unit visually displaying the graphic EQ to the user; and an image signal processing unit converting the input image signal into a reproduction image signal by referring to the control signal for color adjustment from the user input unit.03-19-2009
20090115795INCREMENTAL BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATION SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY (OLED) - An Organic Light Emitting Display (OLED) includes an array of OLED devices and an incremental OLED brightness compensation system/method. The incremental OLED brightness compensation system/method is configured to incrementally change an electrical supply of the array of OLED devices in response to monitoring a measure of variation between an actual brightness and a desired brightness of the array of OLED devices, so as to cause the OLED to incrementally attain the desired brightness.05-07-2009
20080231639IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - Provided is a structure in which an input image is normalized by a normalization value in a case where an amount of saturation is within an allowable range so as to adjust an intensity of a backlight according to the normalization value. Allowing slight saturation of an image thereby, effectively reduce the power consumption in the backlight.09-25-2008
20090153579Speckle reduction method - A projection apparatus includes a laser light source for projecting an illumination light to a plurality of spatial light modulators (SLMs) through an illumination optical system. The projection apparatus further comprises an image position change unit for changing a position of an image projected on a projection surface by projecting a modulation light from at least one said plurality of SLMs; and a control unit for controlling the SLMs and the image position change unit.06-18-2009
20110032268IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The present invention includes an image processing apparatus having a slide show function of displaying a plurality of images while sequentially automatically switching the images and including an adding unit which adds a transition effect at the time of switching display from a first image to a second image, an obtaining unit which obtains characteristic values indicative of luminance of the first and second images, and a control unit which controls the adding unit to add a transition effect when the difference between the characteristic value of the first image and the characteristic value of the second image is equal to or larger than a predetermined threshold.02-10-2011
20110032267METHOD FOR INCREASING FRAME CONTRAST RATIO - A method for increasing a frame contrast ratio is suitable for a liquid crystal display (LCD) having a direct-type light emitting diode (LED) backlight module. The method includes establishing a local dimming demo mode in an on-screen-display (OSD) menu of the LCD, so as to determine to turn on or turn off a local dimming control function. Besides, according to this method, when the local dimming demo mode is turned on, the local dimming control function is continuously and repeatedly turned on or turned off in the direct-type LED backlight module in a time-division manner based on image contents in the whole frame of the LCD, so as to increase the frame contrast ratio of the LCD.02-10-2011
20120242679RENDERING METHOD - As to enhance the rendering while minimizing needed computation time, the method comprises the steps of determining noise information, said noise information being representative of noise level estimated for at least a part of said image; the noise information being determined for the achromatic component of the image; sampling said part of the image according to said noise information; and rendering said at least a part of the image according to said sampling.09-27-2012
20120242677HEAD-MOUNT TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING HEAD-MOUNT TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - A head-mount type display device adapted to make a user visually recognize a virtual image includes an image light generation section adapted to generate image light representing an image using image data and then emit the image light, a light guide section adapted to guide the image light, which is emitted, to eyes of the user, a receiving section adapted to receive the image data, and a control section, which is connected to the receiving section, controls image display by the image light generation section, and has a transmitting section adapted to transmit the image data to the receiving section. The control section controls luminance of the image light generation section so as to degrade visibility of the virtual image for a predetermined period of time in a case in which a disturbance in data communication between the transmitting section and the receiving section is presumed.09-27-2012
20120242676ICON SHADING BASED UPON LIGHT INTENSITY AND LOCATION - Illustrated is a system and method to use a photometer to receive a light vector, the photometer to determine intensity of the light vector. The system and method also uses a processor to determine a location of a light source that generates the tight vector. Additionally, the system and method uses a touch-sensitive screen to display an icon pixel shaded based upon the intensity of the light vector and the location of the light source.09-27-2012
20120242675Red-Eye Removal Using Multiple Recognition Channels - This disclosure pertains to apparatuses, methods, and computer readable media for red-eye removal techniques using multiple recognition channels. In the following examples, red, golden, and white recognition channels are used. A recognition channel is the monochrome extraction from a color photograph in a manner designed to make one kind of red-eye artifact glow with maximum contrast. Once the red-eye artifact has been characterized by, e.g., size and location, the techniques disclosed herein may then discern whether the red-eye artifact is, for example, a red-, golden-, or white-eye case by examining the configuration and characteristics of prominence bitmasks created for the various recognition channels. Once the type of red-eye case has been discerned, the techniques disclosed herein may then replace the artifact with a photographically reasonable result based on the type of red-eye case being repaired. Specular reflection may also be re-added to the photograph.09-27-2012
20120032968COMPONENT SPECIFIC IMAGE MODIFICATION USING NATURAL LANGUAGE COLOR - Embodiments described herein include a component specific natural language color unit for modifying colors of image components in an image using component specific natural language commands. The CSNLC unit can receive a component specific natural language color command for a color modification of an input image. The component specific natural language color command can include a component identifier and a color modifier. The natural language command can be parsed to attribute the component identifier to an image component in the input image and to attribute the color modifier to a predefined color space associated with the image component. The color modifier can indicate the color modification to be performed. The color modification can be applied to the image component to adjust the color of the image component.02-09-2012
20090109236LOCALIZED COLOR TRANSFER - Techniques for providing localized color transfer are disclosed. In some aspects, a user may select a source region of a source image and a destination region of a destination image. The source region and the destination region may be associated by a designator to create a color transfer pair. A localized color transfer based on the color style of the source region may be implemented to modify the destination region color style. Further aspects may include optimizing the destination image to reduce discontinuities resulting from the color transfer and enabling the user to select regions of the destination image which are not modified by localized color transfer.04-30-2009
20090109235DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF AUTO-ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS - A display device includes a display panel, an imaging unit, a contrast measuring unit, a detecting unit, a processing unit and an adjusting unit. The imaging unit includes a focus lens, an imaging sensor, and a stepper motor, the focus lens being driven by the stepper motor to a number of predetermined points, and capable of capturing an image at each predetermined point. The contrast measuring unit is for measuring contrast values of the captured images. The detecting unit is for comparing the measured contrast values, and detecting which one of the images has the highest contrast value. The processing unit is for calculating an object distance according to which predetermined point the focus lens was at when it captured the image with the highest contrast value, and generating a control signal. The adjusting unit is for adjusting the brightness of the display according to the control signal generated from the processing unit.04-30-2009
20090109234DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF IMAGE ENHANCEMENT THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method of image enhancement are provided. The method of image enhancement includes acquiring color information from an image, determining a color distribution of the image based on the color information, and changing a brightness of the image based on the color distribution.04-30-2009
20100295865DISPLAY METHOD AND COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A color sequential display and a display method using the same are provided. The color sequential display displays a frame in a frame period. The frame includes a plurality of sub-frames. The frame period includes a plurality of sub-frame periods corresponding to the sub-frames. In the display method, a first color light source is turned on according to a first duty cycle within a first sub-frame period for displaying a first sub-frame. Next, a second color light source is turned on according to a second duty cycle within a second sub-frame period for displaying a second sub-frame. Finally, the first color light source and the second color light source are respectively turned on according to a first modified duty cycle and a second modified duty cycle. The first modified duty cycle and the second modified duty cycle are proportioned to the first and the second duty cycles.11-25-2010
20130135332Context-sensitive query enrichment - Structures and protocols are presented for facilitating a search partly based on a movement status of a search-capable device or on a position of a person's limb or on an association with another search-capable device.05-30-2013
20130135334IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM FOR STORING CONTROL PROGRAM, AND CONTROLLING METHOD FOR IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, image processing apparatus includes, sensor configured to acquire first brightness data, receiver configured to receive second brightness data, correction coefficient calculator configured to calculate correction coefficient based on first brightness data and second brightness data, parameter calculator configured to calculate parameter based on first brightness data and correction coefficient, controller configured to control brightness controlling signal according to brightness value corresponding to parameter, and output module configured to output brightness controlling signal.05-30-2013
20100302270Processing for Multi-Channel Signals - Method and apparatus for improved processing for multi-channel signals. In an exemplary embodiment, an anomaly metric is computed for a multi-channel signal over a time window. The magnitude of the anomaly metric may be used to determine whether an anomaly is present in the multi-channel signal over the time window. In an exemplary embodiment, the anomaly metric may be a condition number associated with the singular values of the multi-channel signal over the time window, as further adjusted by the number of channels to produce a data condition number. Applications of the anomaly metric computation include the scrubbing of signal archives for epileptic seizure detection/prediction/counter-prediction algorithm training, pre-processing of multi-channel signals for real-time monitoring of bio-systems, and boot-up and/or adaptive self-checking of such systems during normal operation.12-02-2010
20100309216VISUAL PROCESSING DEVICE, VISUAL PROCESSING METHOD, VISUAL PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A visual processing device that achieves gradation processing and further enhances a visual effect. The visual processing device 12-09-2010
20100302268DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel which receives a light, a backlight which provides the light to the display panel in response to a driving voltage, and a backlight driver which applies the driving voltage to the backlight. The backlight is turned on and off during a communication period to transmit data to an external receiver using visible light communication during the communication period. The backlight driver controls a voltage level of the driving voltage according to a number of turn-on periods of the driving voltage during the communication period.12-02-2010
20100302269IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Saturation information and luminance information are obtained from each pixel included in a frame, and thereafter histogram information corresponding to luminance information is generated by summering weighting coefficient, wherein weighting coefficient is obtained in accordance with the saturation information. The maximum luminance is determined based on the histogram information, and thereafter a brightness of a backlight is determined based on a display ability of a display unit and the maximum luminance. Then, gradation of an input image is converted based on the maximum luminance.12-02-2010
20110122147Image Display Apparatus Capable of Simultaneously Displaying Plurality of Images - When a dual-screen display mode is performed, two images based on two image signals, respectively, are simultaneously displayed in display regions of a display unit. If a presenter desires viewers to focus attention on one of the two images, a projector differentiates display manners of the images to be displayed, between one display region and the other display region. For example, if the presenter desires the viewers to focus attention on one image, the projector performs image processing for causing the other image to be displayed in an unhighlighted manner. As the image processing on this occasion, if the two images are both color images, the projector converts only the other image from the color image to a monochrome image.05-26-2011
20110122146SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MATCHING MEDICAL IMAGES - A system and method is provided for matching visual features in at least two related medical images. The differences in visual features between at least two related images are identified, such as separate mammography images of a left breast and a right breast of a patient. The visual features may include the image brightness, contrast, sharpness (or edge strength), alignment or dynamic range. The visual features of at least one of the images is then adjusted to match the visual features of the other image, or both images are adjusted to match a predefined value of visual features for a medical image. The adjusted images may then be displayed to a user, such as a radiologist or technician, who is able to more accurately identify physiological inconsistencies between the two images now that they have similar underlying visual features.05-26-2011
20110122145PARALLELIZED GENERATION OF SUBSTANTIALLY SEAMLESS IMAGE MOSAICS - Many computing services incorporate large mosaics of geo-located images. For example, a user may access and interact with a digital image map comprising thousands of digital images mosaiced together. It may be advantageous to parallelize mosaic creation by splitting the mosaic into tiles, and processing the tiles independently from one another. Unfortunately, visual artifacts between image boundaries may result because of the independent processing. Accordingly, one or more systems and/or techniques for generating a substantially seamless mosaic tile are disclosed herein. A mosaic tile comprising one or more intersecting images may be received. Pair-wise image segmentation may be executed upon pairs of intersecting images within the mosaic tile to generate seam lines between the pair of intersecting images. The seam lines are used to compose the mosaic tile. A constrained alpha-expansion algorithm is executed upon hole regions within the composed mosaic to generate a substantially seamless mosaic.05-26-2011
20110242127System and Method for User Selectable White Level - A method for implementing a user selectable white level includes displaying a default white patch of a default shade of white on a display, displaying a modified white patch of a modified shade of white that is different than the default shade of white on the display, receiving a selection of the modified white patch, associating another default shade of white with the modified shade of white in response to receiving the selection, receiving pixel data for a pixel, the pixel data comprising color information for displaying the default shade of white, and displaying the pixel with the second default shade of white.10-06-2011
20100225662CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM IN WHICH CONTROL PROCESSING PROGRAM IS RECORDED - A contact position is obtained from an input device. As an operation mode of a display device, a cleaning corresponding mode which disenables an operation corresponding to cleaning of a screen and using the input device on an object to be displayed on the screen is started. In the case where the operation mode is the cleaning corresponding mode, when the screen is touched, the color of a pixel in the screen corresponding to the contact position is changed to a predetermined color. When the number of pixels whose color is changed to the predetermined color becomes to a predetermined number or more, the cleaning corresponding mode is finished.09-09-2010
20110025702Method of Constructing Images for an Imaging Appliance - In an imaging appliance with display of the colour sequential type, a spatially monochrome image is displayed by preparing, for each complete image to be displayed, a sequence of monochrome images comprising an image for each colour of the light box, the monochrome images of the sequence being such that a pixel that is lit in one colour is off in the other colour(s), so that there is no colour break effect. Certain areas of the display can be reserved, in which the pixels are controlled in the usual way so as to use the entire colour palette of the display, for example to display a colour video image. The invention applies notably to the head-up imaging appliances applicable in onboard navigation systems, and to the imaging appliances for direct viewing.02-03-2011
20090066716Video Blending Using Time-Averaged Color Keys - A display system combines a graphic plane and a video overlay plane using color keys in the graphics plane. By time-averaging patterns of color keys in successive frames of the graphics plane, individual pixels of the graphics plane can be made to appear partially transparent. Using this technique, regions in the graphics plane (e.g., a menu) can be partially transparent with respect to the video overlay, and aliasing can be reduced by making selected pixels in the graphics plane partially transparent.03-12-2009
20090066715METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DIGITAL IMAGE TO BE DISPLAYED ON DISPLAY DEVICE WITH BACKLIGHT MODULE - A method and apparatus for processing a digital image to be displayed on a display panel illuminated with a backlight module. The backlight module is set to a specific backlight duty according to a luminance statistic of the digital image. The digital image is remapped through a tone mapping function formed according to the specific backlight duty and the luminance statistic.03-12-2009
20110018893SENSING DEVICE AND METHOD OF SENSING A LIGHT BY USING THE SAME - In a sensing device and a method for sending a light by using the same, the sensing device includes: a lower panel; an upper panel facing the lower panel; a liquid crystal layer disposed between the lower panel and the upper panel; an infrared ray sensor formed in at least one of the lower panel and the upper panel; and a visible ray sensor formed in at least one of the lower panel and the upper panel. The sensing device simultaneously includes the infrared ray sensor and the visible ray sensor such that a touch sensing function or an image sensing function having high reliability may be realized.01-27-2011
20110018891DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING THREE COLOR VALUES TO FOUR COLOR VALUES - A device and a method for converting three color values to four color values are provided. In the method, a first to a third color values of a pixel are obtained. Further, a first to a third difference values between every two of the first to the third color values are respectively computed. If all of the first to the third difference values are lower than a threshold, a first to a fourth color converting values are generated according to the first to the third color values, and the fourth color converting value is higher than zero. On the contrary, the fourth color converting value is zero, and the first to the third color converting values are equal to the first to the third color values, respectively. Thereby, a color break-up can be suppressed, and color saturation can be maintained.01-27-2011
20110109642METHOD OF COMPOSITING VARIABLE ALPHA FILLS SUPPORTING GROUP OPACITY - A method of compositing a plurality of graphic objects with a compositing buffer, is disclosed. The plurality of graphic objects forming a group is attenuated by group opacity and is composited from a top object to a bottom object. Based on a first mask and the group opacity, a second mask is generated. The first mask stores a remaining possible contribution for further graphic objects below and including the plurality of graphic objects. The plurality of graphic objects in a top down order is processed. In particular, for each graphic object of the plurality of graphic objects: (a) a contribution value for the graphic object using the second mask is determined, the contribution value representing a contribution of the graphic object to the compositing buffer; (b) a colour value of the graphic object is composited with the compositing buffer using the contribution value; and (c) the second mask is updated using the contribution value. The first mask is then updated using the second mask and the group opacity. The updated first mask is configured for further compositing of objects below the plurality of graphic objects.05-12-2011
20110109644SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING MOTION CONTROL WITH DISPLAY LUMINANCE COMPENSATION - A system and method for performing motion control measures an effect of luminance variations of a display on captured image data containing motion information with regard to brightness and adjusts the brightness of the image data to compensate the effect of the luminance variations of the display on the image data to increase the accuracy of object motion sensing for motion control.05-12-2011
20110109641INFORMATION INPUT HELP SHEET, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM USING THE INFORMATION INPUT HELP SHEET, PRINT-ASSOCIATED OUTPUT SYSTEM USING THE INFORMATION INPUT HELP SHEET, AND CALIBRATION METHOD - The technical objective is to provide a simple and low-cost information input help sheet and an information processing system which exhibit a significantly high input accuracy and input efficiency without limiting a mounting object. The information input help sheet comprises an infrared reflection layer which reflects infrared rays from one side and transmits visible light, and a dot pattern layer provided on one side of the infrared reflection layer and on which dots generated by a dot-code generating algorithm and formed with material having an infrared absorbing characteristic are arranged according to a predetermined rule, in order to perform a variety of multimedia information output and/or operation instructions.05-12-2011
20110115809Method and System for Improved Internet Color - The present invention provides a technique for providing color corrected images to a user over a network. In particular, the present invention allows multiple image providers to provide color corrected images to a user when the user's computer and its associated devices are not calibrated and/or characterized, or the calibration and/or characterization data is not available over the network to the image providers. This abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the rules requiring an abstract to allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure contained herein. This abstract is submitted with the express understanding that it will not be used to interpret or to limit the scope or the meaning of the claims.05-19-2011
20110115808DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING IMAGE QUALITY THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method of adjusting image quality of a display apparatus which displays an image on the basis of an image signal are provided. The display apparatus includes a signal processor that processes an image signal; a display unit that displays an image based on the image signal processed by the signal processor; a storage unit that stores a measured value representing image quality of the display unit; and an image quality adjustment unit that carries out image quality adjustment of the display unit based on the measured value and a preset target value corresponding to a desired image quality of the display unit.05-19-2011
20110115807List searching method and portable device using the same - A method and a portable device controls output of a display unit to display information accurately and clearly regardless of a background image. Disclosed is an arrangement for calculating a difference between an arbitrary expression value of an arbitrary screen configuration element to be displayed on a given area of the background image and an actual expression value of the given area of the background image. Each expression value includes at least one of a color and lightness. The arrangement automatically selects the expression value of the screen configuration element based on the calculation result. The screen configuration element is displayed at the given area of the background image based on the selected arbitrary expression value.05-19-2011
20100171752METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - An ElectroPhoretic Display (EPD) for changing a display is provided. An apparatus having the EPD applies a driving voltage with a periodic pulse to first color particles for a voltage applying period of the first color particles if a current temperature is below a predetermined temperature. The apparatus applies a driving voltage with a pulse that is kept at the same level as applied to second color particles for a voltage applying period of the second color particles. The first color particles have a higher mobility than the second color particles.07-08-2010
20100149203Systems and Methods for Color Gamut Mapping - Systems and methods are provided for an efficient computational scheme that permits the mapping of a color to a device gamut. In some embodiments, the device gamut may be represented in a device independent color space, which may be a perceptually uniform color space. In some embodiments, a set of non-overlapping contiguous tetrahedra may be used to partition entire device gamut. In some embodiments, the disclosed methods permit the identification of a destination color equivalent to the input color in the device independent space by intelligently narrowing the search space for tetrahedra enclosing the input color in the device gamut and permitting the identification of a color equivalent in the destination gamut in the input color space even when the input color lies outside the searched tetrahedra.06-17-2010
20120200587Method and Apparatus For Content-Based Reduction of Display Power - Methods and devices for displaying content in a power efficient manner are disclosed. In accordance with many embodiments, content is received that includes a plurality of subcomponents, and a subcomponent with a larger surface is darkened so as to generate at least one darkened subcomponent. In addition, a contrast of selected ones of the subcomponents is adjusted so as to enable the selected ones of the subcomponents to be viewed against the darkened subcomponent while others of the plurality of subcomponents are left in their source format. The at least one darkened subcomponent, selected ones of the subcomponents, and the subcomponents that are in their source format are composited into a composite view; and displayed.08-09-2012
20090033676METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DISPLAY COLOR COMPENSATION - Disclosed are methods and devices for color compensation of a display having a translucent display cover applied to an outside surface of the display. A method may include characterizing a color shift due to the translucent display cover for when there is rendering of an image on the display and compensating for the color shift when rendering an image on the display. The method further may include measuring the color shift induced by the color of the finish, and as described below compensating the red, green, and blue (RGB) levels of the display so that the display image may be presented to the user as originally intended. In this way, the image quality may be substantially optimized for viewing regardless of the lens/cover surface color.02-05-2009
20090033675DISPLAY FOR A MOBILE TERMINAL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The invention relates to a display for a mobile terminal for wireless communication comprising a first display area (02-05-2009
20100164975Picture Signal Processing Device, Picture Signal Processing Method, and Picture Display Device - According to one embodiment, a picture signal processing device comprises a histogram detection module configured to detect a histogram related to luminance from a picture signal for each frame, a change amount calculation module configured to discriminate a luminance component with a level larger than a defined level from the histogram for each frame to calculate a luminance change amount for each frame, and a display control module configured to discriminate a period in which the luminance change amount exceeds a threshold, specify at least the period as a flashing screen, suppress display luminance of the picture signal, grasps which of luminance components is most densely distributed for each frame by the histogram detection module, and detects the flushing screens with high precision on the basis of the grasped information on the distribution.07-01-2010
20090251482IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes: an amount-of-feature detection section configured to determine an amount of features of a first image and an amount of features of a second image, the first image and the second image containing the same subject; an elimination-area detection section configured to eliminate, from the second image, an area in which the amount of features extracted by the amount-of-feature detection section is larger than a predetermined threshold and to provide the second image in which the eliminated area is transparent; and an image combination section configured to superimpose the second image in which the eliminated area is transparent on the first image.10-08-2009
20110084979INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY CONTROLLER - A system for and method of controlling an electronic display, such as an electrophoretic display, using an integrated electronic paper display controller are disclosed. The system and method provide for transparent translation of standard image data into signals sufficient to drive such displays and implement the corresponding image.04-14-2011
20100141674DISPLAY DEVICE - The disclosed invention provides a display device for performing a gradation display, using a plurality of subframes of image into which one frame of image is divided, and a display method that reduces dynamic false contour noises occurring when the image is displayed and is suitable for plasma display panels and the like. Dynamic false contour noise reduction is performed by detecting luminance on/off state change (carry up/carry down) in a region where a smooth tone level change occurs and interchanging the tone values of pixels in the region. The reduction processing is controlled, based on an amount of motion of an original image and a display load ratio, so that dynamic false contour noise reduction is performed favorably. By carrying out different ways of processing for each frame, noise reduction in the time domain is performed.06-10-2010
20110084980Liquid crystal display device and method of driving the same - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel; a temperature sensing means configured to measure a real-time temperature of the liquid crystal panel; a backlight unit configured to supply a light to the liquid crystal panel; a control unit configured to convert an image signal into an RGB signal and to convert a first dimming signal to a second dimming signal according to the real-time temperature; and an inverter unit configured to adjust the backlight unit using the second dimming signal.04-14-2011
20100013846DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE QUALITY CONVERTING METHOD AND DATA CREATING METHOD USING THE SAME - Display apparatus, image quality converting method and data creating method using the same are disclosed. The display apparatus includes a storage unit which stores conversion information of parameter values, a measuring unit which measures parameter values, and a control unit which controls an image quality of the received image to be converted. Even if a connector for implementing a user's desired image is not connected, the present invention can thereby reproduce the image quality of the received image as if the received image is connected using such a connector.01-21-2010
20100182332By-Region Display Image Quality Controlling Device, Self-Luminous Display Device, and Computer Program - When an arbitrary position and an arbitrary size on a display screen are specified as an emphasized display region so as to be interlocked with a display content of an application program, only for another region part excluding the emphasized display region, power consumed by the region part is aggressively reduced and simultaneously image quality is aggressively lowered as compared with the emphasized display region. Thereby, visibility and reduction in power consumption can be surely made compatible with each other.07-22-2010
20090251481CONTRAST RATIO ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM USING LINEARIZED ILLUMINATION CONTROL - The disclosed embodiments relate to a video unit, comprising an illumination source. The video unit additionally comprises a circuit coupled to the illumination source, the circuit adapted to linearize the illumination source using characteristic parameters of the illumination source.10-08-2009
20100039441ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a pixel that has an electro-optical element with a light transmittance that changes to a predetermined value in response to an applied voltage, which changes in response to the temperature. A light source irradiates light to the pixel. A driving unit includes a predetermined number of sub-fields having the same length in one frame. The driving unit provides either an on-voltage indicating light-on or an off-voltage indicating light-off to the pixel in each of the predetermined number of the sub-fields in response to the grayscale to be displayed. A temperature measuring unit measures the temperature and outputs a temperature signal. A time controlling unit controls the length of one sub-field on the basis of the temperature signal. A light intensity controlling unit controls the intensity of the light incident on the pixel on the basis of the temperature signal.02-18-2010
20100013849APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF BACKLIGHT UNIT - An apparatus and method for controlling brightness of a backlight unit in an electronic apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes a solar light generator and a controller. The solar light generator generates a current in proportion to an amount of light. The controller determines the brightness of the backlight unit according to the current. Therefore, a contradiction that an illuminance sensor which causes another current consumption is used in order to control the backlight unit according to an ambient light amount of an electronic apparatus may be resolved.01-21-2010
20100039442IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS USING ALPHA PLANE AND METHOD THEREOF - In an image processing apparatus and method, image data includes both color and alpha components. During processing, only the color component of the image data is stored in a memory. Display image data are then generated in response to the color component data retrieved from the memory and the alpha component data that were not stored in the memory. In this manner, by not storing the alpha component data in the memory, the memory access load by the image processing system is reduced.02-18-2010
20100039439MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING SYSTEM WITH DISPLAY - A magnetic resonance imaging system comprises a main magnet to apply a stationary magnetic field in a magnetic field zone that includes an examination zone A display is positioned within the magnetic field zone. The display is a multi-stable display in which individual pixels have several brightness states. Notably, the display is based on an e-ink technology.02-18-2010
20100039440LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal panel displays an image from image signals. A backlight device disposed on the back side of the liquid crystal panel, and divided into a plurality of regions. The backlight device is configured to allow light emitted from the light source of each of the regions to leak to nearby regions. A light emission luminance calculator obtains a light emission luminance by using, as nearby regions, a group of regions from the regions in the backlight device and at least two virtual regions provided respectively at opposite ends of the group of regions.02-18-2010
20100053195Filter device, image correction circuit, image dispay device, and method of correcting image - The present invention provides a filter device allowing unnatural variation in image quality caused by image processing to be suppressed. The filter device including a filter section performing a filtering operation on an input image data so that, when time-varying amount in a total frequency value in a neighboring-classes block configured with a couple of neighboring classes in a histogram distribution of the input image data is equal to or less than a predetermined value, time-varying amount of a frequency value in each of the classes in the neighboring-classes block is suppressed to be equal to or less than a predetermined limitation value.03-04-2010
20100053191SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMPUTING AND DISPLAYING A ROUNDNESS ERROR OF AN OBJECT - A method and system for computing and displaying a roundness error of an object specifies different colors that respectively represents an error range of points. The method and system receives a point cloud of the object and fits a circle based on the point cloud. The method and system computes an error of each point in the point cloud by computing a distance between the each point and the circle, colorizes the points in the point cloud according to the errors and the specified colors, and generates and outputting a graphic roundness error analysis report.03-04-2010
20100053193DATA CREATING APPARATUS AND DRAWING APPARATUS - A data creating apparatus creates image data for causing a graphic to be displayed by a displaying device. In the data creating apparatus, an information acquiring unit acquires information on a display characteristic of the displaying device. A storing unit stores information representing a basic portion of the graphic. A creating unit creates gradation information that is information for correcting gradation data of a portion other than the basic portion of the graphic. The creating unit creates the gradation information based on the information on the display characteristic of the displaying device.03-04-2010
20100053196PROGRAMMABLE CYCLE STATE MACHINE INTERFACE - A programmable cycle state machine interface to a microcontroller comprising a programmable cycle state machine, a first and second data bus, a first and second control output, and a control input for programming the cycle of the state machine. The programmable nature of the state machine allows for design and implementation changes without the need to redesign customized state machine logic on the microcontroller.03-04-2010
20100053190Method and Apparatus for Signal Compensation in an Image Display Device - A signal compensation method for an image display device includes deriving an input signal, which is a product of an original signal and a gain value, comparing the input signal with a threshold range for generating a comparison result, generating a difference value according to the comparison result, and generating an output signal according to the original signal, the difference value and a weighting value.03-04-2010
20110175925ADAPTING DISPLAY COLOR FOR LOW LUMINANCE CONDITIONS - A method for adapting color appearance of a display (07-21-2011
20100128053Method of calcuating correction value and display device - A method of calculating a correction value used when signal value correction is performed with respect to an image signal supplied to a display panel includes setting a target luminance value, which is not uniform in an overall surface of the display panel, as a target luminance value of one image signal value such that at least a portion of a distribution of target luminance values at each plane position of the display panel becomes a curved distribution, and calculating a correction value at each plane position of the display panel using luminance observed at each plane position of the display panel when one image signal value is given to the overall surface of the display panel and the target luminance value at each plane position of the display panel.05-27-2010
20100134513PIXEL DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel display device includes a decoding unit for decoding an image signal, a first storage unit for storing the image signal decoded, a second storage unit for storing the image signal whose aspect ratio has been converted, and a control unit. The control unit initializes the second storage unit by storing image data having a predetermined color tone therein, and divides the image signal stored in the first storage unit into a predetermined number of regions corresponding to the number of display pixels of a display screen. The control unit subjects the image signal stored in the first storage unit to an enlarging process, based on horizontal/vertical magnification information indicating the different magnification factors of the different divided regions in at least one of the horizontal and vertical directions, and stores the image signal subjected to the enlarging process in the corresponding regions of the second storage unit.06-03-2010
20110249017Image signal processing device, display device, display method and program product - An image processing device includes an input unit that receives at least one of image signals for a left channel and image signals for a right channel, a color conversion processing unit that converts at least one of the image signals for the left channel and the image signals for the right channel, which are input to the input unit, into image signals for a solid color image of a specific color, and an output unit that outputs image signals including the image signals converted in the color conversion processing unit.10-13-2011
20100123731IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The RGB values of each pixel in every frame are converted into ideal tristimulus values X, Y, and Z. Based on a chromaticity-histogram based on the tristimulus values X, Y, and Z and a color gamut for each Y value corrected in accordance with a backlight-brightness, an xy error count generation unit obtains the number of chromaticity errors for each of a plurality of backlight-brightnesses. A lightness-histogram is created based on the RGB signals for each frame. Based on the histogram and a lightness higher than a maximum tone after correction according to the backlight-brightness, a lightness error count generation unit obtains the number of lightness errors for each of the plurality of backlight-brightnesses. An error minimum BL-brightness detection unit decides an optimum backlight-brightness based on the number of chromaticity errors and the number of lightness errors. A tone conversion unit performs tone conversion in accordance with the backlight-brightness.05-20-2010
20110069079SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING VIEW ANGLE OF DISPLAY - A system for adjusting a view angle of a display can automatically adjust a view angle of the display to prevent lights from reflecting on the display. A plurality of sensors detect light intensities of a plurality of directions around the display, and send the detected light intensities to an adjusting device. The adjustment device calculates the light intensities to get a sum and an average of the light intensities, and controls the view angle of the display to be turned a corresponding degree in response to light intensities of some directions being greater than the average and a preset value.03-24-2011
20110069077METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OUT-OF-GAMUT SPOT COLOR REPRODUCTION - A gamut mapping method and system for implementing out-of-gamut spot color reproduction, including a memory for electronically storing information related to at least one color gamut and a gamut mapping editor including a processor communicating with the memory, the processor of the gamut mapping editor (i) causing a user to be apprised that a target spot color is outside the at least one color gamut and (ii) facilitating the user's employment of one or more of a plurality of gamut mapping methodologies to select a preferred color from a plurality of mapped colors when the target spot color is outside the at least one color gamut.03-24-2011
20110001757METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING AN IMAGE TO ENHANCE DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS - Embodiments of the present invention comprise systems, methods and devices for increasing the perceived brightness of an image. In some embodiments this increase compensates for a decrease in display light source illumination.01-06-2011
20110148903Image display system comprising a viewing conditions sensing device - The viewing conditions sensing device comprises an image sensing device and is able to output target viewing conditions under which the image display device displays images. Then, a color appearance adaptation module transform reference colors of images delivered under reference viewing conditions into target colors under target viewing conditions, according to a color appearance model, as the CIECAM, differentiating a display field from a surround field. According to the invention, the viewing conditions sensing device further comprises identifying means adapted for identifying, within the sensing images, the contour of the display field. The background and the surround are therefore better connected and the CIECAM model can be implemented more efficiently.06-23-2011
20110148901Method and System For Tile Mode Renderer With Coordinate Shader - A method and system are provided in which one or more processors and/or circuits are operable to generate position information for a plurality of primitives utilizing a coordinate shader, one or more lists based on the generated position information, and rendering information for the plurality of primitives utilizing a vertex shader and the generated one or more lists. The generated one or more lists may comprise indices associated with one or more primitives from the plurality of primitives and with one or more tiles from a plurality of tiles in a screen plane. The position information and the one or more lists may be generated during a first rendering phase, and the rendering information may be generated during a second rendering phase different from the first rendering phase. The coordinate shader may perform a subset of the operations supported by the vertex shader.06-23-2011
20110249015GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNIT BASED COLOR MANAGEMENT OF OUTPUT DEVICES - A method includes querying a database to determine the color profile of the multimedia content. The method may include comparing the secondary color profile of the secondary display to the primary color profile of the primary display and then determining a secondary color profile to apply to the multimedia content on the secondary display. The method may include selecting the secondary color profile from a database and applying the secondary color profile to the multimedia content. The method includes displaying the multimedia content with the secondary color profile on secondary display to reduce a color discrepancy of the multimedia content between the primary and the secondary display.10-13-2011
20100295864Methods and Systems for Setting a Backlight Level - Aspects of the present invention are related to systems and methods for selecting backlight array driving values.11-25-2010
20110254855DISPLAY SYSTEM - A helmet-mounted display system or a head-mounted display system comprises an imaging means for presenting to a user a first image of a real field of view, means for presenting a second image superimposed on the first image, and control means for controlling the contrast between the first and second images so as to maintain the visibility to the user of the second image.10-20-2011
20100277495VEHICULAR DISPLAY APPARATUS - A vehicular display apparatus of the invention includes a display portion that displays a predetermined graphic in accordance with a present consumption amount of energy used for moving a vehicle. The graphic displayed on the display portion changes at least one of a displayed size and a displayed color thereof in accordance with the consumption amount. The displayed size increases as the consumption amount increases. The displayed color is changed to have a longer wavelength of color as the consumption amount increases.11-04-2010
20110249016IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is an image processing device which enables image display that takes full advantage of a color reproduction performance of a panel without providing a viewer with a feeling of strangeness. An image processing device (10-13-2011
20110249014INTERWEAVING OF IR AND VISIBLE IMAGES - Systems and methods for interweaving infrared and visible moving image data using a single optical system and imager device based on an infrared input signal and a visible input signal are disclosed. Infrared image frames can be substituted in for complete visible image input frames or for partial visible image input frames, i.e. substituting in an infrared image input frame for one or more of the color channels in one or more visible image input frames. Moving video or computer-generated moving graphics can include both infrared and visible image data to be displayed users viewing the resulting images with and without night vision imaging devices. In particular, the system and method can be used in projection systems for night-vision imaging device team training simulators to reduce the cost of the system while increasing the ease of use and performance of such systems.10-13-2011
20110037774Control Method for Improving Luminous Uniformity and Related Luminosity Calibrating Controller and Display Device - A control method for improving the luminous uniformity of a display device includes a panel which includes a plurality of sampling pixels, wherein each sampling pixel corresponding to a coordinate of the panel. The control method includes receiving an input pixel, determining the neighboring pixels of the input pixel according to a coordinate of the input pixel and the coordinates of the plurality of the sampling pixels, receiving the gamma table of the neighboring sampling pixels, each gamma table including a luminous calibrating value of a neighboring sampling pixel, retrieving the corresponding specific luminous calibrating value according to the corresponding grey level of the input pixel, and calculating the luminous calibrating value of the input pixel according to the coordinate of the input pixel, the coordinates of the neighboring sampling pixels and the specific luminous calibrating value.02-17-2011
20100097391TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING FLASH MODE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE APPARATUS - A touch screen display apparatus includes a panel including a light emitting device for displaying a display image and an optical sensor for generating a touch image object; a touch sensing unit on the panel for sensing a touch of a touch object; and a light emission controller for controlling the light emitting device to emit light when a touch of the touch object is sensed by the touch sensing unit.04-22-2010
20100097390Methods And Devices For Processing A Raster Image - A raster image process method and device, for solving an issue existed in the current technique that it is unable to distinguish between the white color filled in a raster image when constructing the raster image and the white color in an image object of a page description filled in the raster image afterwards. The method includes: the raster image is constructed and the white color is filled in the raster image; a process of changing a color for the white color in an image object described in a page is carried out, and the image object is filled into the raster image. Thereby the white color filled in the raster image when constructing the raster image and the white color in an image object of a page description filled in the raster image afterwards can be distinguished.04-22-2010
20100097389Image processing method - An image processing method which determines and depth-unfolds a depth folding region in an input depth image. A depth folding region of an input depth image may be determined based on a variance of the input depth image, a gradient image, and the like. A predetermined first depth value may be added to a depth value of each pixel of the determined depth folding region and depth information of the input depth image may be updated.04-22-2010
20100053192Information Processing Apparatus, Program, and Information Processing Method - An information processing apparatus including a storage section storing a plurality of content data and characteristics data of the plurality of content data, and a creation section for creating a moving image having movement according to the characteristics data of each of the plurality of content data and for creating a list screen of the plurality of content data including the moving image for each of the plurality of content data.03-04-2010
20100053194DATA CREATING APPARATUS, DRAWING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHODS THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIA - In a data creating apparatus, stored in a character information storing unit is information representing a basic portion of a graphic. A gradation information creating unit extracts oversampling information, and generates gradation data of a portion other than the basic portion of the graphic by an oversampling process.03-04-2010
20080246775Display System and a Method of Operating a Displaying System - A display system comprises a plurality of display devices, a plurality of display control devices, each display device O connected to at least one display control device, a data processing device and a data network, the data processing device connected to each display control device via the data network. The data processing device is arranged to transmit a control signal to a display control device, the control signal comprising video signal configuration data, the video signal configuration data comprising timing and frequency data. Alternatively or additionally, the control signal can comprise at least one of power saving data, memory use data, brightness and contrast data, colour temperature data or display address data.10-09-2008
20120200588AUTOMATIC CORRECTION OF KEYSTONE DISTORTION AND OTHER UNWANTED ARTIFACTS IN PROJECTED IMAGES - A system for manual or automatic correction of geometric or video image distortions introduced by projection onto obliquely angled or imperfect surfaces. Sensors may be disposed at the projector itself, at the projected image surface, or in a portable remote-control unit. Corrections may be applied as part of an original set-up process, or dynamically as the configuration changes. Image-stabilization techniques are utilized where applicable, as is the use of test patterns and the incorporation of “helper” signals into the video image. Tactile-sensing capabilities provide an interactive environment, and various packaging configurations for projection units and sensor provisions are disclosed.08-09-2012
20110175926PROJECTOR AND METHOD FOR PROJECTING AN IMAGE - A projector having an illumination modulator to modulate the intensity of the light in a pixel-individual manner, a projection lens projecting the light being modulated in a pixel-individual manner onto an image modulator to generate the image to be projected such that each illumination pixel is associated with at least one image pixel. A controller which generates illumination control data and generates image control data for the image modulator. The illumination control data are generated such that they have an on-value for each illumination pixel that is associated with at least one image pixel intended to represent a brightness value in the image that exceeds a predetermined threshold value according to the image data, said on-value selected such that each illumination pixel being associated with at least one image pixel intended to represent a brightness value according to the image data that exceeds a predetermined threshold value and falls short of a predetermined maximum value, is also at least temporarily switched to the second state during periods when the at least one associated image pixel is switched to the second state.07-21-2011
20100128049METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VISUALIZING MONOCHROMATIC IMAGES IN COLOR HUE - A method and system for visualizing monochromatic images in color hue is disclosed herewith. The method comprises: obtaining an optimal monochromatic color wavelength corresponding to an effective light level, the effective light level being identified with reference to an ambient light level and a monitor light level. The monochromatic color wavelength is converted to corresponding to a color hue and is incorporated to a gray scale map of an image to provide a colored view of the image.05-27-2010
20080204469Color Transformation Luminance Correction Method and Device - The method of color correction in a luminance direction, comprises: applying a color transformation (T) to an input color (Ci), yielding a transformed color (Ct); determining a scaling factor (f) on the basis of a first display driving value representation (Rs5Gs5Bs) of the input color (Ci) and a second display driving value representation (Rt5Gt5Bt) of the transformed color (Ct); and multiplying a color representation of the transformed color (Ct) with the scaling factor (f) to obtain an output color (Co). It can be used to mitigate luminance errors introduced by the transformation (T).08-28-2008
20110261067Crime Risk Assessment System - A method of providing crime risk data in the absence or partial absence of officially reported data uses a scoring system based on images of locations within particular regions where crime data is to be assessed. The collected crime data may be normalized to actual crime data were both exist to calibrate the proxy crime data derived from the images.10-27-2011
20110164049IMAGE SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A distribution ratio required to distribute the luminance signal indicating the luminance value of the input image signal to the two display apparatuses is decided. In this decision, from current luminance values of projected images generated by the two display apparatuses based on a previous frame image held in a frame buffer memory, which holds the image signal for respective frames, and the luminance value of the input image signal, the distribution ratio which minimizes response times required to change the current luminance values of the projected images generated by the two display apparatuses to the luminance value of the input image signal is decided.07-07-2011
20100182334METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVED DISPLAY OF SAMPLED DATA DIFFERENCES - A method of comparing a first raster to a second raster includes determining, for pairs of corresponding regions (for example, individual pixels) of the first raster and second raster, a comparison value between the corresponding regions of the first and second raster. For each comparison value, a color code is assigned based on a value of the comparison value. A comparison raster is generated from the color-coded comparison values. The comparison raster is presented to a reviewer.07-22-2010
20110109643MONITORING WEB SITE CONTENT - Systems and methods for monitoring Web page content associated with processing a resource request are provided. A client computing device generates a sample image corresponding to a set of resources rendered in response to a resource request. A processing component, such as an image analysis component, then compares the sample image with an averaged reference image to identify a compared image. The averaged reference image is determined from averaging a pixel intensity value for each pixel in a first reference image with a pixel intensity value for each pixel in a second reference image. These first and second reference images both correspond to the same set of requested resources. The processing component then weights the compared image to produce a weighted compared image and determines whether a sum of the intensity values for each pixel in the weighted compared image exceeds a threshold. Aspects of systems and methods for generating an alert message if the threshold is exceeded are also provided.05-12-2011
20130169661SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VIEWING MEDICAL IMAGES - For certain medical images, it is important and/or required that a user view all of a medical image at full resolution so that minute, but important, indicia in the medical image are not missed. A computing systems monitor the portions of the medical image that are displayed on the display device, notates those portions that have been displayed at full resolution (or other user-defined display parameters), and provides the user with information indicating portions that have not been viewed at full resolution and/or provides information indicating for which images of a multiple image examination full pixel display has been accomplished. The process reduces the possibility of missing an abnormality in a medical image due to the viewer not viewing a portion of the image at full resolution or using other user-defined display parameters.07-04-2013
20130169662DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes an input unit which receives an image signal, a display panel unit, a determination unit which determines a color gamut of the image signal, an adjustment unit which adjusts a color gamut of the display panel unit based on the color gamut of the image signal, and a control unit which controls the display panel unit to display the image signal within the adjusted color gamut of the display panel unit.07-04-2013
20100328338BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLABLE LED ILLUMINATION DEVICE WITH TACTILE SENSOR SENSING INTENSITY OF FORCE OR INTENSITY OF PRESSURE, FLAT PANEL DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME, MOBILE TERMINAL KEYPAD HAVING THE SAME, ROBOT EYE AND ROBOT NOSE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a brightness controllable LED illumination device using a tactile sensor sensing the intensity of force or the intensity of pressure. The brightness controllable LED illumination device includes at least one LED emitting light based on electric field formed between first and second electrodes; a tactile sensor sensing the intensity of force or pressure applied by a predetermined contact object and generating an output signal corresponding to the sensed intensity; and a controller connected to the tactile sensor and adjusting a variation in the electric field based on the output signal of the tactile sensor to control the brightness of the light emitted from the at least one LED.12-30-2010
20110134139METHOD FOR VISUALIZING MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNALS - The invention relates to a method for visualizing multi-channel sensor signals, especially myoelectric signals, which are derived from a limb or an amputation stump by way of electrodes, comprising the following steps: a display direction and a display amount are associated with each sensor signal, the display direction represents exactly one sensor signal, the display amount represents the intensity of the respective signal, the display direction and the display amount of all sensor signals are presented simultaneously in real time on a display device as a graphical object.06-09-2011
20110128296IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a calculation unit to calculate a compression gain that is applied to a low-frequency component of an input image and an amplification gain that is applied to a high-frequency component of the input image, a generation unit to generate a display image in which a pixel value of a pixel of the input image is corrected based on the compression gain and the amplification gain calculated by the calculation unit, and a display unit to display the display image.06-02-2011
20110261068SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING PROCESS BOTTENECKS - In some embodiments, a method includes defining a sequence of process resources. Each of the process resources is for performing at least one respective task on a work item. The method further includes calculating a resource utilization metric for each of the process resources. The method also includes displaying a representation of at least a portion of the sequence of process resources. The representation includes image elements that each have a dimension that is inversely proportional to the resource utilization metric for the process resource represented by the image element in question.10-27-2011
20110261066IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus comprises a storage configured to store original images, a display configured to display reduced images of the original images, a specifying unit configured to specify one of the reduced images displayed on the display, and a processor configured to convert the one of the reduced images specified by the specifying unit into an artwork. The processor is configured to convert the one of the reduced images into an artwork of a different tone every time the specifying unit specifies the one of the reduced images, and the display displays the artwork from the processor.10-27-2011
20110254854IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An adder adds, to a luminance value indicated by the image signal of the nth frame, a correction value corresponding to a combination of a luminance value indicated by the image signal of the nth frame and one indicated by the image signal of the (n+1)th frame. The adder outputs an image signal having the luminance value after addition as the image signal of the nth frame.10-20-2011
20110164050LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes a backlight implemented by an LED (07-07-2011
20110074807METHOD OF COLOR CUSTOMIZATION OF CONTENT SCREEN - Each portion constituting a displayed screen can be displayed with colors which a user easily views. When an operation button as a component is selected as a target for color customization in a content screen, a color customization operation screen is displayed which includes a first color selector display area with respect to this operation button and a second color selector display area with respect to a layout (background) on which this operation button overlaid and displayed. In the first color selector display area, the respective color selectors of text, background, and frame line as the elements constituting this operation button are displayed, and colors of the respective elements can be selected using these color palettes. It is similar for in the second color selector display area.03-31-2011
20110080422AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS CONTROL - In an example embedment disclosed herein is an apparatus, comprising a battery, a display, and logic coupled to the battery and display. The logic is configured to determine an amount of remaining energy in the battery, and a current power consumption rate of the apparatus. The logic determines whether the amount of remaining energy is sufficient to operate the apparatus for the duration of the predetermined time period based on the current power consumption rate of the apparatus. The logic is configured to adjust the brightness of the display to enable the device to operate for the duration of the predetermined time period responsive to determining the amount of remaining energy in the battery is insufficient to operate the apparatus for the duration of the predetermined time period based on the current power consumption of the apparatus.04-07-2011
20110080421TECHNIQUES FOR ADAPTIVE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL OF A DISPLAY - Techniques for adaptive brightness control of a display are described. A apparatus may comprise a display and a display control module communicatively coupled to the display. The display control module may be arranged to modify brightness levels for the display based on ambient light level measurements and changes in pupil size of a human eye. Other embodiments are described and claimed.04-07-2011
20110074806METHOD FOR EXTENDING DURATION OF A DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATION AND APPARATUS REALIZING THE SAME - For improving the drawback of brightness decay of a display due to aging, a memory can be used to store the usage time of each pixel of the display, then based upon the usage time the brightness decay of each pixel of the display can be compensated and accordingly the value for the compensation can be stored in a volatile memory and a non-volatile memory. However, the usage of the non-volatile memory is limited. Hence, the present invention discloses a new approach for storing the data so as to decrease write-in sequence per unit area for the non-volatile memory rather than increasing its storing capacity proportionally.03-31-2011
20110074805MEDIAN FILTER, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AUTO BRIGHTRNESS USING THE SAME - The present invention provides an automatic brightness control device including an illuminance sensing unit for sensing an external illuminance value in real time; a brightness classifying unit for classifying the illuminance value sensed in real time by the illuminance sensing unit into two or more configured brightness levels by comparing the sensed illuminance value with a reference illuminance value; a median filter unit for filtering a median value among the brightness levels classified by the brightness classifying unit; a gamma curve selecting unit for selecting a gamma curve which corresponds to the median value filtered by the median filter unit; and an illuminance control unit for controlling illuminance according to the gamma curve selected by the gamma curve selecting unit.03-31-2011
20110074804SELECTION OF A REGION - An apparatus includes means for receiving input indicating a selection point; generating a set of paths originating from said selection point; determining an influence value for each point on a path to generate an influence map; and applying said influence map to an image.03-31-2011
20130009978SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMBINING IMAGES INTO A FILE USING MULTIPLE COLOR PALETTES - Image data systems and methods combine a plurality of images into a single multiple-palette image data file, or generate a selected image from the multiple-palette image data file. An exemplary embodiment receives first pixel information for a first pixel of a first image, the first pixel having a first color; receives second pixel information for a like-located second pixel of a second image, the second pixel having a second color; and specifies a color palette location value that identifies a first color palette array element in a first color palette of the first image and identifies a second like-located color palette array element in a second color palette of the second image. First color information stored in the first color palette array element defines the first pixel color. Second color information stored in the second image data color palette array element defines the second pixel color.01-10-2013
20100110094DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control device includes: a differential circuit that detects a difference in luminance between a first image and a second image in units of pixels; a comparison circuit that detects whether or not the difference in luminance between the first image data and the second image data is equal to or greater than a first threshold value on the basis of the detected differential value in luminance; a controller that interpolates a pixel value, having a luminance smaller than an attention pixel of at least one of the first image and the second image, in said at least one of the first image and the second image, when a difference in luminance between an attention pixel of the first image and an attention pixel of the second image is equal to or greater than a first threshold value; and a liquid crystal panel driving unit 05-06-2010
20100110096DISPLAY DEVICE - A light shield (05-06-2010
20100110098METHOD FOR COMPENSATING FOR POOR UNIFORMITY OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING NON-UNIFORM BACKLIGHT AND DISPLAY THAT EXHIBITS NON-UNIFORMITY COMPENSATING FUNCTION - The invention relates to a method for compensating for poor uniformity of a liquid crystal display having a non-uniform backlight. By virtue of selecting a standard color that all cells can achieve to serve as a virtually primary color, the invention measures to give the relationship between the tri-stimulus values of the virtually primary color and those presented by the respective cells and records the resultant values to serve as compensation data. During operation of a display, the input image data are computed based on the compensation data for respective cells in accordance with the cell locations and converted into compensated image signals. As such, all of the cells are able to present the same chromaticity and brightness upon receiving the same image signal, thereby performing uniform chromaticity and brightness across the entire display.05-06-2010
20100110097DRIVING DEVICE OF A LIGHT SOURCE MODULE, LIGHT SOURCE MODULE HAVING THE DRIVING DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF THE LIGHT SOURCE MODULE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE DRIVING DEVICE - A light source module includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks. A local-dimming driver drives the light-emitting blocks based on a received clock signal (first reference clock) and received dimming levels. The clock signal is input to a liquid crystal display panel and is also input to the local-dimming driver but is delayed within the local-dimming driver by fixed propagation delay. A delay modeling part performs modeling of the fixed propagation delay amount. The clock signal input to the local-dimming driver is first phase-compensated (delayed) by a phase compensation amount to synchronize the driving signals output by the local-dimming driver with the clock signal. The sum of the modeled propagation delay amount and the phase compensation amount is equal to an integral multiple of the period of the clock signal. The driving signal of the light-emitting blocks are synchronized and in phase with the clock signal.05-06-2010
20100110095ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - The present invention provides an electronic device and the like that can prevent the leakage of information related to a display image through an observation signal of an electromagnetic signal emitted from an electronic device or the like. The electronic device (05-06-2010
20110074803Methods and Systems for Ambient-Illumination-Selective Display Backlight Modification and Image Enhancement - Aspects of the present invention comprise systems and methods for determining image content characteristics, determining ambient illumination conditions, selecting an initial backlight level based on the image content characteristics and selecting a backlight compensation process to be applied to the image based on the initial backlight level. Some aspects further relate to modification of the initial backlight level based on ambient illumination conditions and some aspects further relate to modification of the image with a second process based on ambient conditions.03-31-2011
20100214308INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes an acquiring unit, a selection unit, an extraction unit and a reconfiguration unit. The acquiring unit acquires a processing element group configured by successively connecting a plurality of processing elements for processing information, the information including a plurality of attributes. The selection unit selects, among the attributes, an attribute that allows a reduction in an information amount of the information when the attribute is modified. The extraction unit extracts, among the processing element group and processing elements that are functional equivalents of each of the processing elements, a processing element capable of processing the information of which the selected attribute is modified. The reconfiguration unit places an attribute modification element anterior to the extracted processing element to reconfigure the processing element group, the attribute modification element for modifying the selected attribute, the extracted processing element placed alone or in connected relation.08-26-2010
20120147029IMAGE PROCESSOR, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processor that corrects image signals corresponding to sub-pixels which form one pixel includes: a shift amount storage section that stores shift amounts of display positions of display sub-pixels corresponding to the sub-pixels which form a display pixel with respect to a predetermined reference position within a display image; and an image signal correcting section that corrects image signals corresponding to sub-pixels, which form each pixel of an input image, on the basis of the shift amounts stored in the shift amount storage section. The image signal correcting section corrects image signals in which dummy image signals corresponding to dummy sub-pixels, which are provided outside sub-pixels in an endmost portion of the input image, are added to input image signals of the sub-pixels.06-14-2012
20100066754CONTROL METHOD OF BACKLIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for controlling a backlight for illuminating a transmissive display panel includes measuring an amount of current supplied to the transmissive display panel, and controlling brightness caused by the backlight source on the basis of the amount of the current. Further the method includes storing data of a threshold value to be compared with the amount of the current, and controlling the brightness to decrease when the transmissive panel is a normally white type and the amount of the current is smaller than the threshold value data or when the transmissive panel is a normally black type and the amount of the current is larger than the threshold value data.03-18-2010
20100066752LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal panel displays an image from image signals. A backlight device is disposed on the back side of the liquid crystal panel, and is divided into a plurality of regions. The backlight device comprises light sources in each of the regions. The light sources are positioned to emit light onto the liquid crystal panel. A histogram detector detects an image signal gradation distribution for each region and to produce a histogram therefrom. An image gain calculator calculates a gain from the detected gradation distribution of the histogram detector, and controls light emission from each light source in each region of the backlight device. A light emission luminance calculator controls the light emission luminance of each light source based on a maximum luminance of the light sources and based on an inverse number of the gain calculated in the image gain calculator.03-18-2010
20100194770Method and arrangement for spatial illustration - The invention relates to a method for the spatial display of a scene in which several views of the scene are displayed in succession on an image display device (08-05-2010
20100194769PICTURE PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A picture processing method and apparatus in which an APL (average picture level) value is calculated from luminance signals, weighting coefficients are obtained according to chrominance signals, and a number of pixels contained in a picture frame, and a peak luminance is obtained based on the APL value. Subsequently, the picture frame is displayed on a display panel within a limitation of the peak luminance.08-05-2010
20100194772IMAGE DISPLAY USING A COMPUTER SYSTEM, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISPLAY OF A REFERENCE IMAGE FOR COMPARISON WITH A CURRENT IMAGE IN IMAGE EDITING - When editing an image (08-05-2010
20100194771LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a liquid crystal display device that can easily suppress color variation, even if there is a difference in white tolerance of the backlight. The liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display panel to which an image signal is input, and a backlight provided on one side of the liquid crystal display panel, using a light emitting diode as a light source of the backlight. Information about the white tolerance of the light source using the light emitting diode, which indicates one rank of plural ranks assigned to the white tolerance, is clearly indicated in a portion of the backlight. The information is input to an image quality processing circuit in order to correct gamma characteristics of the image signal according to the information.08-05-2010
20090207182Display Device - The deterioration (darkness) of image quality due to a reduction in the brightness of a single color as a result of the conversion from RGB pixels to RGBW pixels is prevented and a reduction in the power is achieved. A processing portion for conversion from RGB to RGBW 08-20-2009
20110148899Image Quality Configuration Apparatus, System and Method - A method includes detecting one of an application access or a file type access, and configuring, in response to detecting the application or file type access, automatically without user interaction, a display system in an image quality configuration for the application or the file type where the image quality configuration is based on providing best image quality with respect to the application or the file type. Configuring the display system in an image quality configuration, may involve determining that a profile associated with the application or associated with the file type is stored in memory, and configuring the display system according to the profile. The method may adjust at least one anti-aliasing parameter or at least one anisotropic filter parameter. The method may monitor an operating system to obtain an indication that an application has been accessed or that a file type has been accessed.06-23-2011
20110187736System and Method for Processing Graphics Operations with Graphics Processing Unit - Disclosed is a system and method for processing graphic operations on a plurality of data structures of an image with a graphics processing unit and memory. The disclosed techniques of the system and method create an accumulation buffer of the data structures for accumulating changes to the data structures. A separate buffer is then created from at least a portion of the data structures of the accumulation buffer. The disclosed techniques read the data structures from the separate buffer with the graphics processing unit. The graphics processing unit operates on the data structures read from the separate buffer with the operation. Then, the disclosed techniques write the results of the operation onto the portion of the accumulation buffer corresponding to the separate buffer.08-04-2011
20110187734IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a display panel; a first storage unit that stores correction data; a second storage unit; a transfer unit that transfers the correction data from the first storage unit to the second storage unit; a correction unit that implements the correction processing on an input video signal while referencing the second storage unit; and a control unit, wherein the control unit performs control such that when a part of the correction data has been stored in the second storage unit, interim correction processing using the part of the correction data is started and video display is begun, and after a remainder of the correction data has been stored in the second storage unit, the correction processing performed is switched to correction processing using all of the correction data.08-04-2011
20110187733ENHANCEMENT OF IMAGES FOR DISPLAY ON LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - The enhancement of images to be displayed on a liquid crystal display (LCD) comprises remapping initial pixel values to remapped pixel values in accordance with an equation that raises an initial pixel value to an exponent of a modified gamma value ratio. The modified gamma value ratio is based on a backlight level, an ambient light level and/or other light levels associated with the LCD. The enhancement can selectively increase image brightness in response to a reduction in the backlight level or an increase in the ambient light level, or selectively reduce image brightness in response to a reduction in the ambient light level. The image or a portion of the image can be enhanced. An image portion to be enhanced can be a user-specified bounding box or one or more windows selected by a user or associated with one or more applications running on a computing device.08-04-2011
20100026702System and method for display device characterization, calibration, and verification - This invention is directed to a system and method for creating characterization information from a first display device that can be transmitted and used by a second display device. Computer readable instructions embodied in a computer readable medium calibrate a first display device, create an ICC colorprofile from said calibration information, storing the ICC color profile and sending the ICC color profile to a second display device for it to use. The calibration or characterization information can also be associated with an image file and sent to a second location for display.02-04-2010
20100026701Method for representing an object - In a method for representing an object in a display, lines together with length information, starting point information and direction information are stored with regard to the object. The representation of the object is generated by a display of the directly adjacent, parallel lines.02-04-2010
20090174724Color display device and color display method - The color display device includes a colored light generation unit for repetitively generating a plurality of colored lights in a time sequence with a predetermined frequency, and an image generation unit for processing said plurality of colored lights, so as to generate an image corresponding to each of the plurality of colored lights generated in a time sequence. The said predetermined frequency is 180 Hz or more.07-09-2009
20090174723COLOR DISPLAY - Power is saved in a color display system (07-09-2009
20100020094METHOD OF BOOSTING A DISPLAY IMAGE, CONTROLLER UNIT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE CONTROLLER UNIT - Controller unit includes local dimming logic board and controller board. Local dimming logic board generates local dimming signals in response to image data received from external device. When boost-worthy portion of image data is found to satisfy predefined boosting conditions, local dimming logic board increases luminance value of backlight dimming signal supplied for corresponding boost-worthy area portion of image data. Controller board receives image data from local dimming logic board, and gamma converts peripheral area data corresponding to peripheral area of image data into converted image data using compensating gamma conversion different than that used for image data of backlight boosted area so that luminance of peripheral area adjacent to boosting area is decreased by use of compensating gamma conversion in place of normal or reference gamma conversion. Decreased luminance substantially counter compensates for increased luminance due to light from spreading into peripheral area from adjacent boosted area.01-28-2010
20100020092METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAY MONITOR ELECTRIC POWER CONSUMPTION OPTIMIZATION - A method and system for controlling electrical power consumption of a display monitor screen, is provided. One implementation involves grouping screen pixels into different resolution cells, detecting display of one or more windows on the screen, and selectively controlling the cells by providing power only to the pixels in cells corresponding to one or more windows of interest to the user, and reducing power to pixels in remaining cells.01-28-2010
20090091582MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY METHOD AND DEVICE - The object of the present invention is to provide a multi-primary color display method and device, which can achieve miniaturization and perform multi-primary color display with high definition and finer gradation without decreasing the time resolution. When displaying an image by four or more primary colors, a first image is formed by light of two or more primary colors, and the image consisting of four or more primary colors is displayed by spatially modulating the first image with a second image consisting of two or more primary colors having spectroscopic characteristics different from spectroscopic characteristics of the light of primary colors forming the first image.04-09-2009
20110032266GLARE DETECTION AND MITIGATION METHOD FOR A PHOTO-SENSITIVE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device having integral photo-sensors for touch sensing is used to detect and mitigate the effects of veiling glare that obscures information being conveyed by the display device. The photo-sensors are periodically sampled to identify optically saturated regions of the display device. If the saturated regions of the display device are being used to convey relevant information, one or more counter-measures are initiated to mitigate the effects of the glare. The counter-measures may include: increasing the display brightness at least in the identified glare region, tilting the display or its cover lens away from estimated direction of the glare source, re-sizing or re-formatting the displayed information, using an alternate display device to convey the information, and presenting the information with a different layer of a multi-layer display.02-10-2011
20100141673MEDICAL IMAGING VIEWER - A medical imaging viewer application processes and interactively displays grayscale images having a higher grayscale range (bit depth) on a platform optimized for a lower grayscale range. The application additionally provides pixel calculations based on the user's selection of a window center and a window width.06-10-2010
20100033493System and Method for Iterative Interactive Ray Tracing in a Multiprocessor Environment - A method comprises receiving scene model data including a scene geometry model and a plurality of pixel data describing objects arranged in a scene. The method generates a primary ray based on a selected first pixel data. In the event the primary ray intersects an object in the scene, the method determines primary hit color data and generates a plurality of secondary rays. The method groups the secondary packets and arranges the packets in a queue based on the octant of each direction vector in the secondary ray packet. The method generates secondary color data based on the secondary ray packets in the queue and generates a pixel color based on the primary hit color data, and the secondary color data. The method generates an image based on the pixel color for the pixel data.02-11-2010
20090122071GRAPHICS PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The embodiments discussed herein involve flood filling a region with anti-aliasing. In forming a fill region, a candidate pixel can be included in the region based on a color of the pixel and also a color of a neighbor of the point. The inclusion basis may be a color distance between a seed color and the points, and a color distance between the seed color and the point's neighbor. Points in the region may be weighted according to their color distance relative to the seed color, where the color distance can also take into account alpha values. Flood filling may be anti-aliased by assigning alpha values to pixels in gaps between corners of the fill region, where an alpha value may be proportional to a point's contribution to the gap. Dimples in a fill region may be tested for and used to determine which of two flood fill algorithms to use.05-14-2009
20090141037SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING DISPLAY COLORS OF A DIGITAL LIGHT PROCESSING PROJECTOR - A system for optimizing display colors of a digital light processing projector includes a color analyzer, and a central processing module. The color analyzer is configured for detecting a first image produced by the projector to obtain actual brightness proportions of red, green, and blue light components associated with the first image, and obtaining a color coordinate of the first image at the actual brightness proportions. The central processing module is configured for adjusting the actual brightness proportions to pre-set brightness proportions to form a second image. The color analyzer detects the second image to obtain a color coordinate thereof. The central processing module adjusts the color coordinate of the second image to a pre-set standard color coordinate, and changes the first gamma curve of the projector to a second gamma curve according to the adjusted color coordinate of the second image.06-04-2009
20120032970SETTING THE WHITE BALANCE OF A VIDEO FRAME - Disclosed is a method for setting the white balance of a video frame. The frame is first divided into sub-regions. Those sub-regions determined to be possibly dominantly monochromatic are eliminated from consideration, and the white balance is set by adjusting the color gain of the frame, the adjusting based on the other sub-regions in the frame. A sub-region is determined to be possibly dominantly monochromatic if the difference between its averaged color and each of a set of neutral reference colors is greater than a threshold. If the difference between the averaged color and at least one of the neutral reference colors is less than or equal to the threshold, then the sub-region is still determined to be possibly dominantly monochromatic if that neutral reference color, along with an illuminant type of a previous frame in the video, match closely enough to an element in an ambiguous reference color list.02-09-2012
20110134138Generating Agricultural Information Products Using Remote Sensing - A method for generating index raster files associated with an area of interest (AOI) uses a computer coupled to a remote sensing device via a network, wherein the computer includes an input device, a display, and a memory. The method includes receiving only three image raster files relating to the AOI from the remote sensing device, and receiving at least one set of three spectral control points (SCP) via the input device. The method also includes generating at least two independent vegetation index (VI) raster files and a soil brightness index (SBI) raster file based on the image raster files and the at least one set of three SCPs, storing each of the SBI raster file and the at least two VI raster files into the memory, and selectively displaying at least one of the SBI raster file and the at least two VI raster files.06-09-2011
20120306904IMAGE PROCESSING - Systems, apparatuses, methods, and computer program products perform image processing in an environment in which depth information and color data of a scene including a player and a background are received from a capture device, and in which an image of the player combined with video data is output.12-06-2012
20120306903PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING TOUCH-SENSITIVE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - A method of controlling a portable electronic device includes displaying a portion of information on a touch-sensitive display; detecting a touch on the touch-sensitive display at a touch location associated with the information; detecting a tilt of the portable electronic device; and in response to detecting the tilt, scrolling the information.12-06-2012
20120306905METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE SIGNAL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of processing an image signal includes: converting a source image signal into an image signal corresponding to a color space for a color gamut mapping; reducing a color gamut of the image signal; and mapping the image signal corresponding to colors within the reduced color gamut into an image signal corresponding to colors within a display color gamut, wherein the colors of the display color gamut are displayed by a display panel.12-06-2012
20110018890COMPUTER GRAPHICS METHOD FOR CREATING DIFFERING FOG EFFECTS IN LIGHTED AND SHADOWED AREAS - A method for providing fog or fading due to atmospheric effects during computer animation of an image. The method includes determining a lighting value for a scene's or an image's pixels based on the positions of the pixels relative to a light source. The method includes, for each of the pixels, setting a fade in start distance for each pixel measured from a camera location so as to define when fog is added, e.g., when to fade a pixel's color by blending this color with a fog color. The fade in start distances are set based on each pixel's lighting value, whereby pixels with smaller lighting values or shadowed pixels begin to fade first while highlighted pixels fade with greater distances. The method includes adding fog to the image starting at the fade in start distances for each of the pixels and then rendering the image.01-27-2011
20110018894ADAPTIVE CONTEXTUAL FILTERING BASED ON OBSERVER COLORBLINDNESS CHARACTERISTICS - Selectively applying graphical filtering to characters can include the identification of observer characteristics and characteristics associated with different portions of the character. Corresponding filters can then be identified and selectively applied to the characters and, in some instances, without applying the filter to the entire character.01-27-2011
20100277498MULTIPRIMARY COLOR SUB-PIXEL RENDERING WITH METAMERIC FILTERING - Systems and methods of rendering image data to multiprimary displays that adjusts image data across metamers are herein disclosed. The metamer filtering may be based upon input image content and may optimize sub-pixel values to improve image rendering accuracy or perception. The optimizations may be made according to many possible desired effects. One embodiment comprises a display system comprising: a display, said display capable of selecting from a set of image data values, said set comprising at least one metamer; an input image data unit; a spatial frequency detection unit, said spatial frequency detection unit extracting a spatial frequency characteristic from said input image data; and a selection unit, said unit selecting image data from said metamer according to said spatial frequency characteristic.11-04-2010
20110304640STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing section of a game apparatus executes a program for implementing a step S12-15-2011
20100118045SUBPIXEL LAYOUTS AND SUBPIXEL RENDERING METHODS FOR DIRECTIONAL DISPLAYS AND SYSTEMS - Display devices and systems are configured with display panels substantially comprising one of several embodiments of three primary color or multi-primary color subpixel repeating groups that are particularly suitable for directional display devices which produce at least two images simultaneously, such as autostereoscopic three-dimensional display devices or multi-view devices. Input image data indicating an image is rendered to a device configured with one of the illustrated subpixel repeating groups using a subpixel rendering operation.05-13-2010
20090289952IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus which includes a extension width determination unit for determining a extension width based on a depression time of the cursor at a reference position on an image display unit where a releasing operation of the cursor was performed, which is a time during which the cursor had been kept depressed until the releasing operation was performed, and an ornament piece arrangement unit for arranging the plurality of ornament pieces at positions radially extended away from the reference position with the extension width determined by the extension width determination unit.11-26-2009
20100245379IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus adapted to display an image based on an image signal input includes: a color adjustment circuit adapted to perform one of a modification process and a correction process individually on a hue signal, a lightness signal, and a saturation signal included in first HLS signals as an image signal, and output the processed signals as second HLS signals.09-30-2010
20110090239NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING DEVICE DRIVER - A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing a device driver, the device driver including a universal driver including instructions that cause a computer to perform the steps of acquiring graphic data and generating first image data based on the graphic data, a mini driver including a first resolution computed by multiplying a second resolution by an integer N not less than 2, a filtering processing module including the second resolution, a number of gray levels, and instructions that cause a computer to perform the steps of converting the first image data into second image data based on the second resolution and the number of gray levels, converting the first image data into third image data based on the number of gray levels and on a third resolution computed by dividing the first resolution by an integer M, and outputting the second and third image data to an image forming device.04-21-2011
20110050719DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT - Embodiments of the present invention can receive a data point defining an ambient light level associated with a display and a corresponding brightness adjustment of the display with respect to a reference brightness. The embodiments can then define a brightness response model for the display based on the data point and at least one additional data point.03-03-2011
20110050718METHOD FOR COLOR ENHANCEMENT - A color enhancement method for a display device includes obtaining color information of a first display frame from the display, determining a dominant color according to the color information obtained, and color enhancing a second display frame following the first display frame by adjusting the second display frame according to the dominant color. The dominant color is obtained by analyzing the preceding display frame and dynamically enhancing the second display frame.03-03-2011
20110050717IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROVIDING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus disclosed in the present application is made up of an analytical precision calculating module, an image analyzing module, and an image providing module. The analytical precision calculating module calculates an analytical precision of an image which satisfies a designated restrictive condition. The image analyzing module analyzes image information based on the calculated analytical precision. The image providing module accepts an image designation, calculates differences between an analysis result of image information of the designated image and image information of images other than the designated image, and provides a list of images arranged in an ascending order of differences thereof as a search result.03-03-2011
20120038659IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus that includes a character recognition component, a determining component and a generating component is provided. The determining component determines, when document data is generated that contains first data representing the document and representing the entity in which the characters are mixed and second data containing character code data of the characters recognized by the character recognition component and representing a character block displaying the characters represented by the character code data, whether to hide the character block represented by the second data behind the entity represented by the first data or to display the character block represented by the second data in front of the entity represented by the first data when the document represented by the document data is displayed, based on lightness or distribution of the lightness of a background region around the characters of the entity or the like.02-16-2012
20120038658Composition of Digital Images for Perceptibility Thereof - Teachings herein compose a digital image so that the image is perceptible on a viewing surface, such as a projection surface or a transparent screen. In doing so, the teachings advantageously recognize a digital image as consisting of one or more logical objects, like buttons of a user interface. Often, logical objects may be spatially arranged within the image and/or colored in different possible ways without substantially affecting the meaning conveyed by the image. Exploiting this, teachings herein evaluate light reflected from, or transmitted through, the viewing surface, and compose the digital image from one or more logical objects that have a spatial arrangement or coloration determined in dependence on that evaluation. The teachings might, for example, place a logical object within the image so that it will be displayed on a region of the surface which has high contrast with the object's colors and/or low color variance.02-16-2012
20110090238BLACK LEVEL CALIBRATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - Black level calibration methods and systems are generally disclosed. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method of calibrating a black level signal in a frame includes performing an iteration of averaging a first set of digital values corresponding to a first set of adjusted black level signals associated with a first set of black pixels of the frame, determining whether an average value based on the first set of digital values has reached a target black level, determining a calibration offset based on a difference between the average value and the target black level and an accumulator step, converting the calibration offset to an analog signal, generating a calibration signal based on the analog signal for a second set of black pixels of the frame, and repeating the iteration for the frame until a predetermined condition is determined to have been met.04-21-2011
20090244086IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM THEREOF, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus, an image processing method, and a program thereof, and a display device are provided, in which reproduction of a secret image from one dispersed image is difficult. A secret image and a reverse image included in at least two types of images are in a relationship of forming image data of an image not correlated with the secret image when luminance values of image data respectively are added pixel by pixel. Included are: a memory 10-01-2009
20120098851MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a mobile electronic device includes an image projection unit for projecting an image, an image display unit for displaying an image, and a control unit for controlling the image projection unit and the image display unit. When the image projection unit projects an image and the image display unit displays an image, the control unit performs control for making the chromaticity of the image projected by the image projection unit and the chromaticity of the image displayed by the image display unit match each other.04-26-2012
20110063320METHOD FOR IMPROVING MOTION BLUR AND CONTOUR SHADOW OF DISPLAY AND DISPLAY THEREOF - A method for improving motion blur and contour shadow of a display displaying images having a number of frames includes transforming a second average gray scale into a third average gray scale when a first average gray scale for displaying a first frame is unequal to the second average gray scale for displaying a second frame. A luminance corresponding to the second frame is generated according to the third average gray scale and at least one luminance query table. The third average gray scale is greater than the first average gray scale and the second average gray scale or less than the first average gray scale and the second average gray scale.03-17-2011
20110316873SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VIEWING MEDICAL IMAGES - For certain medical images, it is important and/or required that a user view all of a medical image at full resolution so that minute, but important, indicia in the medical image are not missed. A computing systems monitor the portions of the medical image that are displayed on the display device, notates those portions that have been displayed at full resolution (or other user-defined display parameters), and provides the user with information indicating portions that have not been viewed at full resolution and/or provides information indicating for which images of a multiple image examination full pixel display has been accomplished. The process reduces the possibility of missing an abnormality in a medical image due to the viewer not viewing a portion of the image at full resolution or using other user-defined display parameters.12-29-2011
20110316870METHOD FOR PROVIDING A USER WITH A FAST CONTROL USER INTERFACE, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for providing a user with a fast control user interface includes: providing the user with a plurality of keys/buttons for selecting one of a plurality of display regions on a screen, where each display region corresponds to at least one associated key/button of the keys/buttons; and when a specific key/button of the keys/buttons is pressed, selecting/highlighting a specific display region corresponding to the specific key/button for further operations. An associated electronic device is further provided, where the electronic device includes: an interface circuit arranged to receive signals directly/indirectly from the plurality of keys/buttons, where the electronic device or at least one accessory thereof provides the user with the plurality of keys/buttons for selecting one of the plurality of display regions on the screen; and a control circuit arranged to provide the user with the fast control user interface.12-29-2011
20110316869IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An inspection apparatus specifies a region for displaying an advertisement from an image of a virtual space. The inspection apparatus comprises: an image mapping unit that maps an image, which uses a color that is not used in the virtual space and where the display status of the advertisement varies in accordance with a viewpoint of a user, on a region where the advertisement is to be displayed in the virtual space; an inspection image acquiring unit that acquires a virtual space that is actually displayed on a screen on a frame-by-frame basis; and an advertisement region extracting unit operative to extract, by color-filtering the acquired image of the virtual space, a region that is rendered with a color that is not used in the virtual space, as a region for displaying the advertisement perceived by a user.12-29-2011
20110316872IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD, DEVICE, AND RELATED LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - An image displaying method is provided. The image displaying method is utilized for displaying an image on a display region. The image has a first pixel and a second pixel respectively displayed on a first position and a second position in the display region. The image displaying method includes: deciding the first pixel according to a response time analysis, illuminating the first position and the second position according to a first brightness value of the first pixel; and adjusting brightness of the second position to a second brightness value of the second pixel.12-29-2011
20110316871FAST RECONFIGURATION OF GRAPHICS PIPELINE STATE - Techniques and technologies are provided for binding resources to particular slots associated with shaders in a graphics pipeline. Resource dependencies between resources being utilized by respective shaders can be determined, and, based on these resource dependencies, common resource/slot associations can be computed. Respective common resource/slot associations identify a particular one of the resources to be associated with a particular one of the slots.12-29-2011
20100013848MULTI-PRIMARY CONVERSION - A method converts an input image signal (IS) into a drive signal (DS) for driving sub-pixels (SP) of a display device (DD) comprising display pixels (DPI) having at least two sub-pixel groups (SG01-21-2010
20120206476COLOUR ENCODING CLUSTERING - A method of determining one or more representative colour encodings is disclosed. A set of colour encoding clusters is determined for a plurality of candidate colour encodings based on a clustering criterion related to one or more desired perceptual attributes of the plurality of candidate colour encodings. Each candidate colour encoding is assigned to one cluster within the set of colour encoding clusters. A representative colour encoding is determined for each cluster within the set of colour encoding clusters depending on the candidate colour encodings assigned to each cluster.08-16-2012
20120206474Blend Equation - A blend unit in a display pipe for processing pixels of video and/or image frames may include multiple blend stages, where each blend stage may include multiple levels for blending pixels according to a blend equation. The blending operation includes blending pixel color values and Alpha values. A multiplication may be performed at each blend level, necessitating Alpha value normalizations in the form of divisions to obtain pixel color values having a specified bit-length. Color value normalizations are not needed when the desired result is an actual color value. In order to reduce the compounding of errors that may result from the introduction of an error at each division, Alpha value normalizations may not be performed at each blend level, carrying the intermediate results forward in fractional form—through one or multiple blend stages—until the end of the blending operation. At or after the final blend level—in each blend stage, or in a final blend stage—a single division may performed, preventing the compounding of errors that would be incurred at each blend level if a division at each blend level were performed.08-16-2012
20120001932SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASSISTING VISUALLY-IMPAIRED USERS TO VIEW VISUAL CONTENT - Methods, systems and computer program products for assisting a visually-impaired user to view visual content.01-05-2012
20110096086ERROR METRICS FOR CHARACTERS - Generating an error from an error metric quantifying differences between reference objects representing characters and representations of the reference objects. One embodiment includes a method which includes accessing a reference object representing a character. One or more reference object characteristics are quantified. The reference object characteristics are related to character structural and color information of at least a portion of the reference object to generate a reference object metric. A representation object of the reference object is accessed. One or more representation object characteristics are quantified to create a representation object metric. The representation object characteristics are related to character structural and color information of a portion of the representation object of the reference object corresponding to the portion of the reference object. An error is calculated based on a difference between the reference object metric and the representation object metric. The error is output to a user.04-28-2011
20110096085Apparatus and method determining image dynamic range extended mode using fuzzy rule - Provided is an apparatus and method of determining a dynamic range extended mode for a digital camera using a fuzzy rule. The method may determine a feature value with respect to a preview image in accordance with a predetermined measurement criterion, and may determine a dynamic range extended mode using a fuzzy rule where the determined feature value is matched in the fuzzy rule, thereby intelligently controlling a photographing mode of the digital camera. In particular, the method may determine the feature value with respect to the preview image in accordance with various measurement criterions, thereby obtaining an optimum photographing mode for subsequent images.04-28-2011
20110096084LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH FUNCTION OF STATIC COLOR COMPENSATION AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses a liquid crystal display with function of static color compensation and method thereof, the purpose of the present invention is achieved by utilizing LC Off technique and light sensing technique. The liquid crystal display comprises: a liquid crystal plate; a backlight, disposed on at least one side of the liquid crystal plate; at least one light sensor, disposed adjacent to the liquid crystal plate, and the light sensor has a sensing plane which faces to the backlight; and a timing controller, which receives brightness value measured from the light sensor when LC Off and computes the data to monitor the brightness and chromaticity of the backlight.04-28-2011
20120206475Color waveform - Some embodiments provide a program that provides a graphical user interface (GUI). The GUI includes a display area for displaying an image that includes several pixels. Each pixel includes a set of color component values. The GUI includes a waveform monitor for displaying a graph that includes several graphical representations of the several pixels in the image. Each graphical representation is (1) plotted along a first axis of the graph based on a position of a corresponding pixel in the image and (2) plotted along a second axis of the graph based on the set of color component values of the corresponding pixel in the image. A color of each graphical representation is similar to a color of the corresponding pixel that is used for displaying the pixel in the display area.08-16-2012
20120007878Switching between dedicated function hardware and use of a software routine to generate result data - An apparatus for processing data 01-12-2012
20120007877METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PARTITIONING AND MAPPING COLOR GAMUTS BASED ON ONE-ONE AND ONTO MAPPING FUNCTION - A method and system for mapping color gamuts based on one-one and onto mapping function in order to create an invertible transform is disclosed. A hue leaf associated with at least two arbitrary color gamuts can be defined utilizing a vector math function and a most saturated point with respect to each hue leaves can be determined. A safe area relative to an intersection point can be estimated by approximating the most saturated point in both hue leaves. An upper hull and a lower hull associated with the hue leaves can be continuously sub-divided with an equal number of sections by constructing one or more vectors. An appropriate section for computing a vector relationship in the color gamut can be determined in order to map the color gamuts based on the continuous, one-one and onto function thereby creating an invertible transformation.01-12-2012
20120013631COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Management of color of image files in digital devices is described. A color management system can extract metadata from an image file based on a type of the image file. The color management system then creates a color profile based on the metadata extracted. The color management system further creates a virtual device, and assigns the color profile created to the virtual device. As such, multiple color profiles can be associated with a single physical device using the concept of virtual devices. Furthermore, the extraction of metadata and generation of color profiles can also be centralized in the color management system, which may be integrated into an operating system executable on a computing device.01-19-2012
20120013633POSITIONING METHOD AND DISPLAY SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A positioning method for obtaining position where a light pen is in contact with a display device at a to-be-positioned spot is provided. The display device includes display areas, corresponding with positioning coding patterns of a built-in positioning frame. The positioning method includes the following steps. Firstly, a positive positioning frame and a negative positioning frame are obtained according to the built-in positioning frame. Next, the positive and the negative positioning frames are respectively added on first original video frames to respectively generate first frame displayed in first frame time and second frame displayed in second frame time. Then the light pen obtains first selected image and second selected image from the first and the second frames respectively. After that, a to-be-positioned pattern is obtained by subtracting the second selected image from the first selected image and a coordinate position of the to-be-positioned spot is obtained.01-19-2012
20120013632IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In order to make visible the image in a region which is hidden by an image sensor provided on a display unit when performing color calibration,01-19-2012
20120013634PROJECTION DISPLAY APPARATUS - A projection display apparatus includes an imager that modulates light emitted from a light source and a projection unit that projects light emitted from the imager on a projection surface. The projection display apparatus includes: an imager controller that controls the imager to display a test pattern image in which a characteristic point is defined by at least three adjacent regions; an acquisition unit that acquires a captured image of the test pattern image from an imaging element configured to capture the test pattern image projected on the projection surface; and an adjustment unit that identifies the characteristic point included in the captured image on the basis of the captured image acquired by the acquisition unit and adjusts an image to be projected on the projection surface on the basis of the identified characteristic point. The at least three adjacent regions surround the characteristic point and are adjacent to the characteristic point.01-19-2012
20120056894INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to an information processing device and method, and program that can properly perform gamut conversion of content.03-08-2012
20100214309METHOD OF GENERATING A COMMON VOLTAGE FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING APPARATUS - A method of generating a common voltage for driving a display panel includes; comparing image data of a previous frame with image data of a present frame to determine whether the image data of the previous frame, which is received during a first setting time, is substantially the same as the image data of the present frame, determining a voltage level of the common voltage applied to the display panel in accordance with whether the image data of the previous frame is substantially the same as the image data of the present frame, generating the common voltage corresponding to the determined voltage level, and providing the display panel with the common voltage.08-26-2010
20090135196MEDICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method for dynamically adjusting the screen brightness of a pump screen display. The method includes providing a medical pump including an internal clock and a screen display having a first screen brightness and a second screen brightness. The method further includes providing a medication management unit operatively connected to the medical pump and transmitting configuration instructions from the medication management unit to the medical pump. The configuration instructions include instructions to display the first screen brightness during the daytime hours and instructions to display the second screen brightness during the nighttime hours. The method also includes determining a time of day using the internal clock of the pump and displaying the first or second screen brightness according to the time of day determined by the internal clock of the pump.05-28-2009
20090135195Liquid Crystal Display and Method for Adjusting Backlight Brightness Thereof - A liquid crystal display includes a scaler module, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA) module, a buffer, a backlight module and a LCD module. The FPGA module includes a regional peak detector, a backlight control unit and a pixel value control unit. The regional peak detector is configured for detecting a maximum pixel value of each image region of each image. The backlight control unit is configured for selectively adjusting the backlight brightness of one or more image regions of each image. The pixel value control unit is configured for adjusting pixel values of the one or more image regions of each image by shifting binary pixel values to compensate for the influence of backlight adjustment. A method for adjusting backlight brightness of a liquid crystal display is also provided.05-28-2009
20120026182DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A display apparatus and a control method thereof, the display apparatus including a display unit to display thereon a two-dimensional (2D) image or a three-dimensional (3D) image, a brightness adjuster to adjust a brightness of an image that is displayed on the display unit, and a controller to control the brightness adjuster to change a maximum brightness of the display unit depending on whether the image displayed on the display unit is the 2D image or the 3D image.02-02-2012
20120026184IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a first display controller configured to display a first image, a touch area detector configured to detect a touched area of the displayed first image, a first processor configured to change a tone of the touched area of the first image, a storage configured to store touched areas detected by the touch area detector, a second display controller configured to display a second image instead of the first image, and a second processor configured to change tones of the touched areas of the second image which are stored in the storage.02-02-2012
20120026181VIEWABLE BOUNDARY FEEDBACK - In general, this disclosure describes example techniques to distort one or more visible attributes of an image content portion when a user requests to extend an image content portion beyond a boundary of the image content. A device, such as, but not limited to, a mobile device may receive a request that is based on a user gesture to extend the image content portion beyond a boundary of the image content. The device may, in response to the request, distort one or more visible attributes of the image content portion to indicate recognition of the request and to further indicate that the request will not be processed to extend the portion of the image content beyond the boundary of the image content.02-02-2012
20120062584IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image display apparatus and an image display method capable of suppressing the color breakup occurring during eye tracking of a picture with motion in a field-sequential display are provided. A display section (a display panel 03-15-2012
20120062582Method for Visual Project Modeling - A method, apparatus and computer-readable medium for generating a graphical tree based on a hierarchical structure includes receiving a request to convert a first hierarchical structure into a first graphical tree. Each of a plurality of elements of the first hierarchical structure, and the relationships among the plurality of elements are identified. A first graphical tree is generated based on each of the plurality of elements and the relationships among the elements. The first graphical tree is then displayed. Additional graphical trees can be displayed simultaneously and associations between nodes of the different graphical trees can be designated.03-15-2012
20120026185DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device prevents the display screen from flickering even when the display mode changes automatically. The display device has plural modes, a viewing environment detector that detects the ambient brightness and changes the mode based on the detected ambient brightness, a screen brightness calculator that calculates the brightness of the display screen in each mode based on the average brightness of video data in one frame, and a screen brightness merger that, when the mode changes, gradually changes the brightness of the display screen from the brightness of the display screen before the mode change to the brightness of the display screen after the mode change.02-02-2012
20120062583Data-Driven Color Coordinator - A color selection and coordination system including a database of predetermined color relationships implementing a data-driven color model. A starting color is associated with a first color in the color database. One or more predefined color palettes associated with the first color may be retrieved, each palette including one or more coordinating colors, the coordinating colors being predetermined based on the first color and a color coordination algorithm.03-15-2012
20120062581Method for sequentially displaying a colour image - Method in which a component image associated with a primary colour of green hue is processed in a suitable manner to reduce the spatial frequencies corresponding to the transition zones in this component image and in which a plurality of component images including the processed component image are successively displayed. Thanks to the invention, the colour break-up defects are noticeably reduced. The invention applies especially to anti-piracy image display methods.03-15-2012
20120062580DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device includes a first measurement unit measuring information on luminance of a first image signal to output a first measurement result, a second measurement unit measuring information on a luminance of a second image signal to output a second measurement result, a comparator comparing the first measurement result with the second measurement result to output differential data, a correction amount determination unit determining a correction amount for the first image signal and/or the second image signal based on the differential data, and a correction unit correcting the luminance of the first image signal and/or the second image signal based on the correction amount.03-15-2012
20120062585VECTOR GRAPHIC DRAWING DEVICE - Disclosed is a vector graphic drawing device in which when drawing a plurality of graphics, an outline drawing unit 03-15-2012
20120154421Image Display Apparatus - According to an embodiment, there is provided an image display apparatus in which a display pixel displaying an image comprises a plurality of parallax image pixels respectively displaying a plurality of parallax images. The image display apparatus includes: an intermediate gradation level processing unit configured to prepare an intermediate gradation level generation pattern every parallax image to generate an intermediate gradation level with respect to an image signal including a plurality of parallax images, and perform processing of adding an intermediate gradation level to each of the parallax images by using the intermediate gradation level generation pattern and the image signal; and an image display unit configured to display the parallax images each having an intermediate gradation level added by the intermediate gradation level processing unit.06-21-2012
20120206478Image Display Device for Displaying Color Image on Color Display Unit - An image display device such as an LCD television comprises a microcomputer and LUTs (look-up tables) which are tables of correction data for correcting color balance of an image to be displayed. The microcomputer recalculates correction data in the LUTs and updates the correction data to the recalculated correction data based on: an input value InL of image data of a Low side white balance adjustment image; an input value InH of image data of a High side white balance adjustment image; and a gain value GainL and a gain value GainH which are provided to the input value InL and the input value InH, respectively, to bring color balance of the Low side white balance adjustment image and the High side white balance adjustment image to a predetermined color balance, respectively.08-16-2012
20120105466Communication to an Audience at an Event - A device application software and server data interchange control mechanism provides synchronized screen displays on hand held communication devices at an event in an auditorium where each screen acts as a single pixel in a macro display to be controlled by the central control system and visible to the audience as a whole. The macro display can provide flashes, waves, graphics, and animation. The devices can be multi platform and/or single platform smart-phones as well as any other palmtop computers or mobile devices that function as an interactive data and media device, personal information manager, and/or PDA.05-03-2012
20090315909Unified Shader Engine Filtering System - Each row of a row based shader engine comprises a shader pipe array, a texture filter, and a level one texture cache system. The shader pipe array accepts texture requests for a specified pixel from a resource and performs associated rendering calculations, outputting texel data. The texture mapping unit receives texel data from a level one cache system and through formatting and bilinear filtering interpolations, generates a formatted bilinear result based on a specific pixel's corresponding four texels. Utilizing multiple rows of a row based shader engine within the shader engine allows for the parallel processing of multiple simultaneous resource requests. A method for texture filtering utilizing a row based shader engine is also presented.12-24-2009
20110043533SUPBIXEL RENDERING SUITABLE FOR UPDATING AN IMAGE WITH A NEW PORTION - In an image update, a display apparatus receives only a new portion (02-24-2011
20110069078METHOD, SYSTEM OR APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING A BRIGHTNESS LEVEL ASSOCIATED WITH AT LEAST A PORTION OF A BACKLIGHT OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of methods, systems, or apparatuses relating to adjusting a brightness level associated with at least a portion of a backlight of a display device.03-24-2011
20120154422N-modulation for Wide Color Gamut and High Brightness - Techniques are provided to support a high dynamic range, high brightness, a wide color gamut, and high resolution in an imaging system. The imaging system may use a light source unit to sequentially emit light of different colors. Color-specific frames may be used to drive, directly or indirectly, multiple display panels that comprise at least one monochromatic display panel. Color bleeding and light bleeding may be prevented, or otherwise mitigated, in the imaging system by controlling the sequential emission of light by the light source unit and by controlling display portions of the display panels in the imaging system.06-21-2012
20120154420AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT OF COMPUTER INTERFACE COLORS USING IMAGE PROCESSING - A method for processing an image such as a computer wallpaper identifies a characteristic color representative of the image. Image pixels with similar colors are separated into groups, and the average value of the R,G,B color components in each group is determined, after filtering out pixels with R,G,B values representing white, black, or grey. The group with the maximum difference between the highest average color component value and the lowest average color component value is identified as the characteristic color. Groups representing a number of pixels less than a certain percentage of all of the pixels are not considered. The characteristic color can be used in other displayed images at an intensity α determined by setting maximum and minimum values of α, with α being the lesser of α06-21-2012
20110090240Techniques for Reducing Noise While Preserving Contrast in an Image - A system and method for reducing noise in images is disclosed. The present invention reduces noise and preserves contrast of an image to be displayed, the image having pixels, by (1) comparing a value of a first pixel to values of a set of other N pixels; (2) comparing values of pixels neighboring the first pixel to values of further pixels neighboring the set of other pixels; (3) determining, for each pixel in the set of other pixels, a weight based on results of steps (1) and (2); (4) calculating a de-noised pixel value based on the weights of each pixel in the set of other pixels; and (5) replacing the value of the first pixel with the de-noised pixel value.04-21-2011
20110102450APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATED BACKLIGHT AND DYNAMIC GAMMA/VCOM CONTROL ON SILICON CHIPS - Integrated backlight unit (BLU) and liquid crystal systems and circuits in liquid crystal display (LCD) systems are described. An LCD system can include a BLU to emit light at different intensities, and a BLU controller coupled to the BLU and configured to control the intensities. An LCD unit can receive the emitted light, and emanate light at a selected luminosity. The LCD unit can include pixels corresponding to: a liquid crystalline medium to provide a transmittance of the light emitted or to transmit a color light; and transistors adapted to modulate reference voltages. An LCD unit controller can be coupled to the LCD unit and configured to control luminosity of the light emanated from the LCD unit. The BLU and the LCD unit, which can be integrated in a single integrated circuit, can be controlled during concurrent time periods for contrast enhancement of images displayed from the LCD unit.05-05-2011
20110102454IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND IMAGING DEVICE - The detection result and brightness information of a specific region are stored, and once latest image data is input, the degree of importance is calculated based on the stored detection result and brightness information and the detection result and brightness information of the specific region in the latest image. Based on the degree of importance, whether to display specific region information is determined. The brightness information is calculated based on the detection result of the specific region.05-05-2011
20110102453Image Processing Device with a CSA Accumulator for Improving Image Quality and Related Method - An image processing device includes a CSA accumulator, a first register, a CPA adder and a central processing unit. The CSA accumulator includes a first input for receiving a processing signal and a second input for receiving a previous result of the CSA accumulator. The first register includes an input coupled to the CSA accumulator and an output coupled to the second input end of the CSA accumulator. The CPA adder is coupled to the first register. The CPA adder is used for processing an addition operation on all carries outputted from the first register. The central processing unit includes an input coupled to the CPA adder and an output end for outputting an output signal comprising processed image measurement data.05-05-2011
20110102451MULTIPLE ORIENTATION MOBILE ELECTRONIC HANDHELD DEVICE AND METHOD OF AMBIENT LIGHT SENSING AND BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT IMPLEMENTED THEREIN - A method is set forth for automatically adjusting display brightness on a mobile electronic device having a light sensor, display screen and orientation sensor, for legibility under varying lighting conditions and orientations of the device. The method includes obtaining light level samples from the light sensor, and orientation from the orientation sensor, and adjusting backlight intensity of the display responsive to the light level samples and orientation of the device. Preferably, backlight adjustments are made from dim to bright notwithstanding orientation of the device whereas adjustments from bright to dim are made only for orientations of the device where the light sensor is unlikely to be covered.05-05-2011
20120120091VISUALIZING SURGICAL TRAJECTORIES - A method and system are provided for visualizing a surgical path (05-17-2012
20120236020Methods and Apparatus for Performing Tone Mapping on High Dynamic Range Images - Methods, apparatus, and computer-readable storage media for tone mapping High Dynamic Range (HDR) images. The HDR image is separated into luminance and color. Luminance is processed according to the parameters to obtain a base layer and a detail layer. The base layer is compressed into a lower dynamic range and the detail layer is adjusted according to the parameters. The compressed base layer, the detail layer, and the color component may be output as separate layers, and various image processing tools and techniques may be applied to the component layers separately to modify the layer(s). One or more tone-mapped images may be generated by merging the modified layers. Thus, each layer of the tone-mapped image may be processed separately using various image processing tools or techniques to modify the output of the tone mapping technique in a wide variety of ways.09-20-2012
20120120092FACILITY OPERATION DISPLAY DEVICE, AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - The display color of, for example, a button image responsive to a command input into a facility operation display device is controlled by a palette value having a smaller number of bits than an RGB value. When the display color of the button image is changed, the palette value of a drawing object associated with the button image is changed to an RGB value. This eliminates the necessity of incorporating, for example, a high-performance CPU as a central arithmetic unit. In addition, it is not necessary to pre-store images corresponding to several kinds of display colors specified by RGB values, to thereby eliminates the necessity of incorporating, for example, a high-capacity storage medium in the facility operation display device. Accordingly, the device cost can be reduced.05-17-2012
20120120090DISPLAYING RECEIVED MESSAGE WITH ICON - A mobile terminal including a communicating unit, a display unit including an indicator area notifying an alarm when a message is received, and a controller configured to receive a message from at least one other terminal, and display message information on the indicator area of the display unit. Further, the message information including a first image selected according to a type of the received message, and a second image selected according to a type of the attached file.05-17-2012
20120120089LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND GLOBAL DIMMING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A global dimming control method of a liquid crystal display for controlling a luminance of backlight depending on a displayed image includes calculating an average picture level (APL) of the displayed image, calculating the number of pixels of a chromatic region belonging to the displayed image when the APL is equal to or less than a previously determined first threshold value, comparing the number of pixels of the chromatic region with a previously determined second threshold value, calculating a gain value of the chromatic region when the number of pixels of the chromatic region is greater than the second threshold value, and multiplying the gain value by the APL to calculate an adjustment dimming control signal, and controlling the luminance of the backlight using a dimming value obtained based on the adjustment dimming control signal.05-17-2012
20120120088STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - At least one pixel having specific range color information in color information including at least one selected from the group including RGB values, a hue, a saturation, and a brightness is detected in a captured image captured by a real camera. When the pixel having the specific range color information has been detected, at least one of a shape, a position, and a display form of an object to be placed in a virtual world is changed on the basis of the color information of the pixel. Then, an image of the virtual world where at least the set object is placed is displayed on a display device.05-17-2012
20120120087Liquid Crystal Display and Backlight Module - According to one embodiment, a liquid crystal display includes a display module and a backlight module configured to irradiate light on the display module. The backlight module includes a light guide plate, a first light source, a reflective plate, and a second light source. The light guide plate has a light output face at a position corresponding to a first small area on the display module. The first light source is configured to irradiate light toward the light guide plate from a side of the light guide plate in such a manner that the irradiated light reaches the first small area. The reflective plate is facing to the light guide plate, and the reflective plate has a reflective face configured to reflect light toward a second small area different from the first small area. The second light source is configured to irradiate light toward the reflective plate from a side of the reflective plate in such a manner that the irradiated light reaches the second small area.05-17-2012
20120120086 Interactive and Scalable Treemap as a Visualization Service - Techniques for providing a visualization of an interactive and scalable treemap are described. A service provider hosts large-scale hierarchical data and supports online users who desire to visualize the large-scale hierarchical data in a treemap format on their computing devices.05-17-2012
20120120085SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ENHANCED GRAPHICS IN A VIDEO ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a video input from a video source coupled to a display configured for rendering a user interface thereon; generating a grayscale element associated with the user interface by evaluating alpha values related to pixels associated with the video input; generating an opacity mask; and setting red, green, blue (RGB) values equal to an alpha value of a source image for certain pixels in the source image.05-17-2012
20120120084COLOR FILTER ARRANGEMENT FOR DISPLAY PANEL - A color filter arrangement for a display panel is provided. The display panel includes a first pixel and a second pixel. The first pixel includes a plurality of first sub-pixels with different colors. The second pixel includes a plurality of second sub-pixels with different colors. A first edge sub-pixel of the first sub-pixels is adjacent to (neighbor on) a second edge sub-pixel of the second sub-pixels. The first edge sub-pixel and the second edge sub-pixel have a same color.05-17-2012
20100289811Dynamic Backlight Control System and Method with Color-Temperature Compensation - A dynamic backlight control system and method with color-temperature compensation are disclosed. A dynamic backlight control unit dynamically controls brightness of a backlight unit according to image data. A color-temperature model is provided for mapping the brightness of the backlight unit into color temperature. A color-temperature compensation unit then compensates the image data according to the mapped color temperature.11-18-2010
20100289810METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DISPLAYS WITH CHROMATIC CORRECTION HAVING DIFFERING CHROMATIC RANGES - There are provided methods and systems for color correcting displays with different color gamuts. A method includes performing an initial color correction on source picture content using a reference type display having a reference color gamut to obtain mastered color corrected picture content for display on reference type displays having the reference color gamut. The method further includes determining a first set of metadata defining a color gamut mapping specification for a color gamut mapping from a non-reference type display having a non-reference color gamut to the reference type display. The method also includes performing a subsequent color correction using the non-reference type display and the mastered color corrected picture content to create a second set of metadata directed to non-reference type displays having the non-reference color gamut. The method additionally includes generating a final set of metadata from the first set of metadata and the second set of metadata, for a subsequent color transform that color transforms the mastered color corrected picture content for display on non-reference type displays for consumer consumption. The source picture content is mastered for consumer consumption only for the reference type displays having the reference color gamut.11-18-2010
20100245378RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS AND DARK CURRENT CORRECTION METHOD THEREFOR - A radiation imaging apparatus comprises: an irradiation unit; a radiation detection unit configured to detect radiation; an instruction unit configured to issue a radiation imaging start instruction; a setting unit configured to set an irradiation delay period between the time the instruction unit issues an imaging start instruction and the time irradiation by the irradiation unit starts; a first acquisition unit configured to acquire a plurality of dark current images during the set irradiation delay period; a second acquisition unit configured to acquire a radiation image of the object after the end of the set irradiation delay period; a correction data generation unit configured to generate correction data, for the acquired radiation image, based on the plurality of dark current images; and a correction unit configured to execute dark current correction processing of the acquired radiation image, by using the correction data.09-30-2010
20100245377COLOR CONVERTER, COLOR CONVERSION METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The color converter is provided with: a color conversion parameter generation unit that generates a color conversion parameter based on a source profile and a destination profile, the source profile indicating a color reproduction characteristic of a device used for generating an input image, the destination profile indicating a color reproduction characteristic of a device used for generating an output image; a conversion unit that converts color data of the input image into color data of the output image by using the color conversion parameter generated by the color conversion parameter generation unit; and a memory that stores the color conversion parameter generated by the color conversion parameter generation unit so that the color conversion parameter is associated with identification information of the source profile.09-30-2010
20100245376FILTER AND SURFACING VIRTUAL CONTENT IN VIRTUAL WORLDS - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates displaying virtual content within a virtual environment. A virtual environment can enable at least one user to connect in order to interact with a portion of virtual content. A collection of virtual content can be viewed from a user connected to and being present within the virtual environment. A filter component that can automatically adjust a displayable feature of a portion of the collection of virtual content based upon a relevancy to an index, wherein the adjustment of the displayable features provides at least one of an emphasis of the portion of the collection of virtual content or a de-emphasis of the portion of the collection of the virtual content.09-30-2010
20100245375PAGE TRANSITION ON ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY - A page transition file creation system and a method for creating a page transition file in a file format suitable for displaying transitions quickly on an electronic paper display. The page transition file creation system creates a page transition file with page transition blocks representing transition between two or more pages. A page transition display system and uses page transition files to display page transitions. The page transition display system determines the appropriate page transition file and waveform lookup table for displaying page transition. The page transition display system uses the determined page transition file and waveform lookup table for displaying the transition.09-30-2010
20120127192METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVE DISPLAY - A method and apparatus provide selective display. The method includes acquiring region setting information in a display screen, acquiring a screen configuration element in the display screen, dividing the display screen into at least one region based on the region setting information and the screen configuration element, setting a screen attribute to each of the at least one region divided based on the region setting information and the screen configuration element, and controlling each pixel of the at least one region according to the set screen attribute and displaying information.05-24-2012
20120127191Method for Compensating Data and Display Apparatus for Performing the Method - A method of compensating data uses a look-up table divided into a first area, a second area and a boundary area between the first and second areas defined by a first previous reference value, a second previous reference value greater than the first previous reference value, a first current reference value and a second current reference value less than the first current reference value. A compensation data of a current frame is generated based on to which one of the first, second and boundary areas grayscale data of previous and current frames belongs.05-24-2012
20120162241METHOD FOR DYNAMIC RANGE EDITING - A method of displaying a high dynamic range image, comprising receiving the high dynamic range image, calculating a first set of tone mapping parameters as a function of the high dynamic range image, sub-sampling the first set of tone mapping parameters at a first resolution to create a first sub-sampled parameter set, creating a first tone-mapped image by processing the high dynamic range image as a function of the first sub-sampled parameter set, and displaying the first tone-mapped image. A method of composting a plurality of versions of an image to create the high dynamic range image is also disclosed such that the compositing may be modified as a function of received user input.06-28-2012
20120162240ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING MEASUREMENT DATA GRAPHICALLY - A method outputs measurement data graphically using an electronic device. The method obtains measurement data of a preselected feature element from an image of a measured object, and further obtains a reference feature element corresponding to the preselected feature element from an image of a reference object. The method further retrieves points of the preselected feature element, connects the retrieved points to obtain a fitted feature element, sets the fitted feature element with different colors, and outputs the fitted feature element with the image of the reference object on a display device of the electronic device.06-28-2012
20120299947DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device, the display quality of which is not spoilt by dark lines . The display device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix pattern, and each of the pixels includes sub-pixels of four different colors. The display device is designed to switchably run in a mode in which all the sub-pixels of four different colors are involved to produce an image and in a mode in which an image is produced while a sub-pixel with the maximum luminous intensity among the sub-pixels of four different colors is in an off-state. The sub-pixel with the maximum luminous intensity and a sub-pixel with the minimum luminous intensity among the sub-pixels of four different colors are not arranged next to each other.11-29-2012
20120299946COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A color signal processing apparatus calculates a target color gamut including color signal values of each pixel of an input video, and calculates target primary colors corresponding to the calculated target color gamut. The color signal processing apparatus produces the calculated target primary colors by mixing primary colors in an input color gamut of the input video, and converts and outputs the color signal values of each pixel of the input video to match the calculated target color gamut defined by the calculated target primary colors. Since it is possible to adaptively transform the input color gamut of the input video, the input video that is reproduced has an increased light quantity and an enhanced contrast11-29-2012
20120299945METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR AUTOMATIC AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC MODIFICATOIN OF DIGITAL IMAGES OF FACES - The present invention is directed at modifying digital images of faces automatically or semi-automatically. In one aspect, a method of detecting faces in digital images and matching and replacing features within the digital images is provided. Techniques for blending, recoloring, shifting and resizing or portions of digital images are disclosed. In other aspects, methods of virtual “face lifts” are methods of detecting faces within digital image are provided. Advantageously, the detection and localization of faces and facial features, such as the eyes, nose, lips and hair, can be achieved on an automated or semi-automated basis. User feedback and adjustment enables fine tuning of modified images. A variety of systems for matching and replacing features within digital images is also provided, including implementation as a website, through mobile phones, handheld computers, or a kiosk. Related computer program products are also disclosed.11-29-2012
20120299944METHOD FOR EMPHASIZING DIFFERENCES IN GRAPHICAL APPEARANCE BETWEEN AN ORIGINAL DOCUMENT AND A MODIFIED DOCUMENT WITH ANNOTATIONS INCLUDING OUTER AND INNER BOUNDARIES - A method for emphasizing differences in graphical appearances between an original document and a modified document is provided in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. The method includes the step of receiving a first bitmap of the modified document, and a second bitmap of the original document. The method includes deriving a set of difference points based upon a comparison of the first bitmap and the second bitmap. The method includes a step of superposing a spatial index onto the set of difference points, and generating polygon vertices from a plurality of adjacent elements of index. Each of the elements has a predetermined density of difference points. The method concludes with generating an annotation from the polygon vertices.11-29-2012
20120299943Graphics Processing Systems - A graphics processing pipeline includes a fragment shader 11-29-2012
20100207955VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS - In a display apparatus such as PDP, in order to obtain well-lighted video while suppressing an increase in power consumption, the luminance level of a specific region of a display panel is decreased in accordance with an average luminance level of the entire display panel. However, when a low-luminance region and a high-luminance region are mixed in display video, even the luminance of the low-luminance region is decreased and gray-scale crush is caused in some cases. An average luminance level for each region is detected, and a shading process is controlled for each region based on the detected region-specific average luminance level and the luminance level of input video. With this control, when the luminance level of the input video signal is higher than a predetermined threshold, the shading process is operated, and when the luminance level is lower than the predetermined threshold, the shading process is stopped.08-19-2010
20100207954DISPLAY SYSTEM, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided a display apparatus, a display system and a control method of the display apparatus. The display apparatus includes: a display unit; an image processing unit which processes an input image signal for display through the display unit; and a controller which determines whether the image signal corresponds to a two-dimensional (2D) image or a three-dimensional (3D) image and adjusts, if it is determined that the image signal corresponds to the 3D image, a brightness level of an image to be displayed differently from a brightness level corresponding to the 2D image.08-19-2010
20100207956DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method of displaying image data is provided, which includes analyzing histograms by color signals of an input image frame; confirming grayscales by color signals in a predetermined frame unit with reference to the analyzed histograms; determining dimming factors in consideration of maximum grayscale values of the grayscales; determining image gains of the image data by color signals using the determined dimming factors; and outputting an image signal by applying the image gains to the input image and applying the dimming factors to a light source.08-19-2010
20110181613METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR LIGHT ENERGY ACCOUNTING IN RAY TRACING - For ray tracing systems, described methods, media, apparatuses provide for accounting of light energy that will be collected at pixels of a 2-D representation without recursive closure of a tree of ray/primitive intersections, and also provide for adaptivity in ray tracing based on importance indicators of each ray, such as a weight, which may be carried in data structures representative of the rays. Examples of such adaptivity may include determining a number of children to issue for shading an identified intersecting primitive, culling rays, and adding rays to achieve more accurate sampling, if desired. All such adaptivity may be triggered with goal-based indicators, such as a threshold value representative of rendering progress to a time-based goal, such as a frame rate.07-28-2011
20110181612METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS IMAGE TRANSMISSION TO A PROJECTOR - A method and apparatus is provided in which a digital image is transmitted to a presentation projector resource over a wireless transmission medium using a reduced amount of transmission bandwidth by transmitting a subset of the digital image data. The subset image data may be a delta subset that represents those areas of the image that have changed since the previous transmission. The subset image data may also be a scalable vector graphics representation of the subset of the digital image. Header data is provided to further describe the subset image data. A projector discovery logic selects a suitable projector resource based on the order or signal strength of the discovery replies. A wireless image transmission session is established with the selected projector resource during which the projector is unavailable to other devices. The subset image data may be compressed and transmission coordinated with the projector resource so that the data is sent only when it is ready to be received. A wireless to digital visual interface (DVI) graphics engine decompresses and renders the image for output to a DVI connector receptacle. The rendered image is projected by the projector resource in accordance with the associated header data so that the exact image that appears on the image generation device also appears on the projected display.07-28-2011
20110181611USER INTERFACE AND CONTROL OF SEGMENTED BACKLIGHT DISPLAY - In some embodiments a user interface is adapted to monitor user inputs and one or more controllers are adapted to modify backlight segment brightness and/or image pixel values of a segmented backlight display in response to the monitored user inputs. Other embodiments are described and claimed.07-28-2011
20120212500ORGANIC ELECTRO LUMINESCENSE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND APPLICATION THEREOF - A technology for reducing the so-called “phosphor burn-in” phenomenon where the variation of luminance arises by reducing display luminance of a certain pixel caused by deterioration in a display apparatus constituted by an organic electro luminescence element is provided. In the display apparatus, when displaying an image acquired by an image acquiring unit, luminance substantially same as average luminance of the acquired image is set to a non-display area where the image is not displayed.08-23-2012
20120212499SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAY CONTENT CONTROL DURING GLASSES MOVEMENT - This disclosure concerns an interactive head-mounted eyepiece with an integrated processor for handling content for display and an integrated image source for introducing the content to an optical assembly through which the user views a surrounding environment and the displayed content. An integrated movement detection facility may be adapted to detect movements of the head-mounted eyepiece when worn by the user. The integrated processor may determine a type of movement and reduce the appearance of the displayed content based on the type of movement.08-23-2012
20120133668Image display device, driving method of image display device, image display program, and gradation conversion device - There is provided an image display device including a display unit that displays an image by pixels that are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix pattern; and a gradation conversion unit that performs gradation conversion using a dither matrix of diffusion type, wherein the gradation conversion unit applies a dither matrix that is randomly shifted in a horizontal direction and a vertical direction and performs gradation conversion of an image that is displayed on a display unit to each region of pixels that corresponds to the dither matrix.05-31-2012
20120133667METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DESIGNING, STYLIZING, AND SUPPLEMENTING AN IMAGE/SCENE - A method, apparatus, system, article of manufacture, and computer program product provide the ability to utilize scene elements in a computer drawing application. A modeling scene is obtained. The user searches for and selects a pattern scene that includes an environment attribute. The environment attribute is selected and retrieved from the pattern scene to be used in the modeling scene.05-31-2012
20120313957Staged Animated Transitions for Aggregation Charts - A chart animation module is described herein that animates a transformation of a first chart into a second chart. The transformation, for instance, can correspond to a grouping-type transformation, a filtering-type transformation, or a transposing-type transformation. In one implementation, the chart animation module performs the transformation in such a manner so as to create a visual perception that there is a conservation of area and preservation of identify of constituent elements that are moved from the first chart to the second chart. The chart animation module can move the constituent elements in the form of blocks or particles.12-13-2012
20120162239COLOR CORRECTION FOR WIDE GAMUT SYSTEMS - At least certain embodiments of the disclosures relate to methods for performing color correction on systems having at least application that is not color managed. In one embodiment, a method to perform color correction on a system includes determining a threshold gamut. Then, the system determines whether a real gamut exceeds the threshold gamut. The system color corrects input color if the real gamut exceeds the threshold gamut. Color correcting may include adjusting input color in the system. In another embodiment, a system includes memory to store color data for at least one non-color managed application and to store color data for at least one color managed application. The system includes a display device to display the color data. The system includes one or more graphics processing unit that are configured to execute instructions to color correct input color when a real gamut value exceeds a threshold gamut value.06-28-2012
20100177113OPTICAL SYSTEM AND DISPLAY - An optical system is provided, for example for use with a display device (07-15-2010
20090058874IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A first data storing unit stores therein first data required for displaying an image in a drawing window. Upon a mode switching unit switching a display mode in the drawing window, a data acquiring unit acquires auxiliary data required for displaying the image in a switched display mode from the first data storing unit. A data generating unit generates image data required for displaying the image in the switched display mode using the auxiliary data. A displaying unit displays thereon the image in the switched display mode in drawing window using the image data generated by the data generating unit.03-05-2009
20090058872Dynamically reconfigurable graphics layer system and method - A method of displaying a user interface in a portable electronic device is provided. The method includes displaying a user interface via a graphics layer attached to a software renderer, detaching the graphics layer from the software renderer, and attaching the graphics layer to one or more of a plurality of hardware layers, such that the display of the graphics layer is facilitated by one or more features of at least one of the hardware layers. An electronic device is provided that includes a display, a processor coupled to the display and configured to provide a plurality of hardware layers, and a user interface comprising a graphics layer, wherein the display of the graphics layer is facilitated by one or more features of at least one of the hardware layers, wherein the graphics layer dynamically attaches to or detaches from one or more of the plurality of hardware layers.03-05-2009
20120169756IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A hue conversion unit (07-05-2012
20080211828METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CHARACTERISTIC DATA OF ILLUMINATION AROUND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of generating illumination characteristic data around an image display device, includes making predetermined illumination characteristic data around the image display device into a data format comprising a type block and an illuminance block. The type block indicates information on a type of illumination, and the illuminance block indicates information on the illuminance of illumination.09-04-2008
20120176397DISPLAY DEVICE - The rate of reading from a memory for storing display irregularity correction data is lowered. At the time of display, calculation is carried out in a correction calculation section 07-12-2012
20120176396MIRRORING GRAPHICS CONTENT TO AN EXTERNAL DISPLAY - A data processing system composites graphics content, generated by an application program running on the data processing system, to generate image data. The data processing system stores the image data in a first framebuffer and displays an image generated from the image data in the first framebuffer on an internal display device of the data processing system. A scaler in the data processing system performs scaling operations on the image data in the first framebuffer, stores the scaled image data in a second framebuffer and displays an image generated from the scaled image data in the second framebuffer on an external display device coupled to the data processing system. The scaler performs the scaling operations asynchronously with respect to the compositing of the graphics content. The data processing system automatically mirrors the image on the external display device unless the application program is publishing additional graphics content for display on the external display device.07-12-2012
20120176398DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A display control apparatus, method and computer program storage device detect when an object is in a proximity position relative to a display. In response, a display state of a displayed item is changed. Then, a processing circuit causes a relation item to be displayed adjacent to the proximity position, the relation item being related to the displayed item. The displayed state may be changed in size, position, color and other ways to reflect the recognition of the object being detected as being proximate to a predetermined proximity location.07-12-2012
20120176399METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONVERTING IMAGES FROM LOW DYNAMIC RANGE TO HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE - Aspects of the invention provide systems and methods for converting a digital image represented in a lower bit depth representation to a higher bit depth representation. A saturation region is identified, where a color model value of the pixels in the saturation region is above an upper saturation threshold or below a lower saturation threshold. The color model value for each pixel in the saturation region is then adjusted by a corresponding adjustment. The magnitude of the adjustment for each pixel is based on characteristics of the image data.07-12-2012
20120176395SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR COLOR PROCESSING OF POINT-OF-INTEREST COLOR - Methods and systems to manipulate color processing parameters to allow the detection of an arbitrary color of interest. Such reconfigurations may enable general point-of-interest color processing. Color mapping curves may also be configured, to accomplish the tasks of color correction, enhancement, de-saturation, and color compression.07-12-2012
20120075327PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A portable electronic device having a display and a processor is disclosed herein. The processor is configured to render an active application on substantially the entire display. In response to a status change, an alert is rendered in a visually insignificant area of the display.03-29-2012
20120075326BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an embodiment, a backlight device includes a plurality of light guide plates, a plurality of light sources and a light-source substrate. The light guide plates overlap each other with a same light output direction; each of the light guide plates includes a plurality of stripe-shaped projections aligned on a light output face and a light output pattern. Each of the light sources emits light incident into any one of the light guide plates and propagating in an extending direction of the stripe-shaped projections. The light-source substrate includes a plurality of interconnections, a turning-on signal is selectively supplied via the interconnections to at least one of light source groups, and each of the light source groups includes at least one of the light sources. At least one part of a light emission face, including the light output faces, emits light output from the light source group receiving the turning-on signal.03-29-2012
20120075325SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING MOLECULAR PROBES AND CHROMOSOMES - The present invention relates to systems and methods for displaying molecular probes and chromosomes, and chromosome information with which the probes are associated.03-29-2012
20120075323METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING AND PROCESSING GRAPHIC DATA - A method and apparatus for generating graphic data. The method includes: forming pixel information expressing graphic data in luminance components and chrominance components; and generating the graphic data by selectively using a direct output method and a table mapping method on pixel data according to determined conditions of the chrominance components.03-29-2012
20120075322SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRESENTING RESULTS OF EXPERIMENTS - A method of automatically analyzing data from at least one data set including a plurality of process factors of interest and a process output of interest to determine the relationship between the factors of interest and the output of interest at a given significance level and preserving model hierarchy. The method uses a computer to carry out the steps of calculating the effects of the factors of interest against the process output of interest, developing a model including the significant factors of interest and respective estimated coefficients and omitting the insignificant factors of interest, generating a representation of the model, and generating at least one graphical representation of the factors of interest. The graphical representation provides a first representation corresponding to factors of interest identified as significant and a second representation corresponding to factors of interest identified as insignificant. Calculating the effects includes calculating at least one of an analysis of variance test testing the significance of the individual effect of each factor of interest, coefficients and effect estimates for each factor of interest, and model comparison statistics, and identifying the factors of interest having significant effects relative to the given significance level and model hierarchy.03-29-2012
20100271387METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING CHARACTERS - A method is used to control a liquid crystal panel to display a character having a tilted or curved stroke. The liquid crystal panel includes a plurality of original physical pixels arranged in a matrix array. The method includes dividing each original physical pixel into three color dots of red, green and blue, and forming a plurality of display units. Each display unit includes three horizontally consecutive color dots, and at least one of the plurality of display units includes color dots from two of the original physical pixels. The method includes constructing a clear lattice diagram including the plurality of display units for displaying the tilted or bended stroke, and driving the liquid crystal panel to display the character based on the clear lattice diagram. As such, in the clear lattice diagram, at least two of the display units are vertically adjacent to each other and are horizontally offset by one or two color dots with respect to each other.10-28-2010
20100271386METHOD FOR SETTING DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display apparatus and a setting method thereof are provided. The method for setting a display apparatus includes displaying at least one item corresponding to a characteristic of an input image, a value for each of the at least one setting item, and at least one element which denotes a command to apply each of the value, and applying the value for an item corresponding to the selected element if one of the at least one element is selected. Therefore, a user may easily apply to a display a value appropriate for a characteristic of an input image.10-28-2010
20100271384INTELLIGENT DIGITAL PHOTO FRAME - A digital photo frame (DPF) includes a power management unit connected to a power source, configured for distributing power from the power source to the DPF; a display panel configured for displaying displayable media; a shaking sensor configured for detecting whether the DPF is being shaken and producing a trigger signal when the DPF is being shaken; a light detector configured for detecting current ambient light level and producing a light signal corresponding to the detected ambient light level; and a processing unit configured for adjusting brightness of the display panel according to the trigger signal and the light signal.10-28-2010
20110102452DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus, backlight assembly and method for displaying an image is capable of compensating for non-uniformity of a light guiding plate. The display apparatus includes a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel on which an image is displayed; a light guiding unit which is placed adjacent to the LCD panel and includes a plurality of light guide plates for guiding incident light to the LCD panel; a plurality of light emitting diode (LED) modules which are individually arranged at least one lateral side of the plurality of light guide plates and which emit light to the other lateral sides, respectively; and a video processor which changes brightness of an image displayed on a compensation area of the LCD panel that corresponds to an edge region of the light guide plate to compensate brightness at the edge region. The non-uniformity of the divided light guide plates is reduced.05-05-2011
20110102449Image Display Device, Image Display Method and Computer-Readable Information Recording Medium - An eye socket surface arranged in a virtual space cylindrically concaves from a face surface to the interior of a head, and a pupil surface is arranged back inside the eye socket surface. A memory unit stores contours, positions, directions, and textures of those surfaces, a position and direction of a projection point and a projection plane. An updating unit updates the position and direction of the projection point and the projection plane in accordance with an instruction input by a user. A generating unit projects individual surfaces on the projection plane based on the contour, position, and direction of the surfaces, positions and directions of the projection point and the projection plane, pastes a corresponding texture on each region in the projection plane, thereby generating an image of a character which looks like that a pupil is directed toward the projection point.05-05-2011
20120313960IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE DATA GENERATION DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE DATA GENERATION METHOD, AND DATA STRUCTURE OF IMAGE FILE - A parallax representation unit in a displayed image processing unit uses a height map containing information on a height of an object for each pixel to represent different views caused by the height of the object. A color representation unit uses, for example, texture coordinate values derived by the parallax representation unit to render the image, shifting the pixel defined in the color map. The color representation unit uses the normal map that maintains normals to the surface of the object for each pixel to change the way that light impinges on the surface and represent the roughness accordingly. A shadow representation unit uses a horizon map, which maintains information for each pixel to indicate whether a shadow is cast depending on the angle relative to the light source, so as to shadow the image rendered by the color representation unit.12-13-2012
20120249570Highlighting in response to determining device transfer - A computationally implemented method includes, but is not limited to: determining that a computing device that was presenting an item has been transferred from a first user to a second user; and presenting, via the computing device, one or more highlighted portions of the item, the one or more highlighted portions being highlighted in response, at least in part, to said determining. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure.10-04-2012
20120313958DISPLAY DEVICE FOR AN AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OF A VEHICLE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device for an air conditioning system of a vehicle may include a display unit of displaying brightness variations on a screen of the display for a predetermined time period, and a control unit of controlling the display to vary brightness on the screen of the display from a high intensity to a low intensity and vice versa while varying the length of time taken to vary the brightness. The control unit controls the display to perform a welcome function that gradually decreases the length of time when electric power may be applied to the display, and a goodbye function that gradually increases the length of time when an off button may be pushed, thereby obtaining an effect of making a dynamic impression or a static impression to meet a recent sensible trend.12-13-2012
20120313959DISPLAY DEVICE FOR AN AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM OF A VEHICLE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device for an air conditioning system of a vehicle, may include a display unit, and a control unit of controlling the display unit, wherein the control unit controls brightness in intensity or cycle, or color in a predetermined range of the display unit in accordance with a welcome function or a goodbye function.12-13-2012
20120256942FLOATING POINT COMPUTER SYSTEM WITH BLENDING - A floating point rasterization and frame buffer in a computer system graphics program. The rasterization, fog, lighting, texturing, blending, and antialiasing processes operate on floating point values. In one embodiment, a 16-bit floating point format consisting of one sign bit, ten mantissa bits, and five exponent bits (s10e5), is used to optimize the range and precision afforded by the 16 available bits of information. In other embodiments, the floating point format can be defined in the manner preferred in order to achieve a desired range and precision of the data stored in the frame buffer. The final floating point values corresponding to pixel attributes are stored in a frame buffer and eventually read and drawn for display. The graphics program can operate directly on the data in the frame buffer without losing any of the desired range and precision of the data.10-11-2012
20120256941Local Definition of Global Image Transformations - A global image adjustment, such as dynamic range adjustment is established based on image characteristics. The image adjustment is based more heavily on pixel values in image areas identified as being important by one or more saliency mapping algorithms. In one application to dynamic range adjustment, a saliency map is applied to create a weighed histogram and a transformation is determined from the weighted histogram. Artifacts typical of local adjustment schemes may be avoided.10-11-2012
20120256940DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display device has a set of picture elements, one active matrix and a display area, the display area including a first area and a non-overlapping second area, the first area comprising monochrome picture elements, and the second area comprising colour picture elements.10-11-2012
20120256938Method For Driving Quad-Subpixel Display - A device that may be used as a multi-color pixel is provided. The device has a first organic light emitting device, a second organic light emitting device, a third organic light emitting device, and a fourth organic light emitting device. The device may be a pixel of a display having four sub-pixels. The first device may emit red light, the second device may emit green light, the third device may emit light blue light and the fourth device may emit deep blue light. A method of displaying an image on such a display is also provided, where the image signal may be in a format designed for use with a three sub-pixel architecture, and the method involves conversion to a format usable with the four sub-pixel architecture.10-11-2012
20120256939SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPORTANCE SAMPLING OF AREA LIGHTS IN PARTICIPATING MEDIA - Provided are systems and methods that address the problem of single scattering in homogeneous volumes. In one implementation, an importance sampling technique is provided that avoids a singularity near point light sources. The system and method can be extended to the situation of area lights of arbitrary shapes. The error caused by the non-constant distance to the finite-extent area light is distributed by using random sample points within the area light as points from which lighting is calculated for sampling points along the ray.10-11-2012
20120188266SCANNING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A scanning image display includes a light source, a light detector, a scanning section, a storage section, a current controlling section, a reference current section, a sweep section, and a change section. The light detector detects the laser light emitted from the light source. The scanning section scans the laser light. The current controlling section controls laser light by supplying a current supplied to the light source. The storage section is configured to store a reference current value, a reference light output value, and a gamma table. The reference current section supplies the reference current value to the current controlling section. The sweep section sweeps current values supplied to the current controlling section to obtain one current value where the detected laser light corresponds to the reference light output value. The change section changes the gamma table based on the one current value obtained by the sweep section.07-26-2012
20120188265Image Display Device and Method for Adjusting Correction Data in Look-Up Table - An image display device such as LCD television comprises: LUTs (look-up tables) which are tables of correction data for correcting color balance of a displayed image; gain adjustment units for providing gain to input signal values representing brightness levels of red, green and blue colors in image data of the displayed image; and a microcomputer for recalculating the correction data in the LUTs and updating the correction data to the recalculated ones. The microcomputer determines, as adjustment gain values, gain values which are provided to the input signal values by the gain adjustment units and which bring color balance of a white balance adjustment image to a predetermined color balance, and recalculates the correction data in the LUTs based on the correction data and the adjustment gain values. This image display device can increase accuracy of white balance adjustment and reduce time required for the white balance adjustment.07-26-2012
20120081386VISUALIZATION APPARATUS FOR VISUALIZING AN IMAGE DATA SET - The invention relates to a visualization apparatus (04-05-2012
20120081385SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA USING AN IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSOR HAVING BACK-END PROCESSING LOGIC - Disclosed embodiments provide for a an image signal processing system that includes back-end pixel processing unit that receives pixel data after being processed by at least one of a front-end pixel processing unit and a pixel processing pipeline. In certain embodiments, the back-end processing unit receives luma/chroma image data and may be configured to apply face detection operations, local tone mapping, bright, contrast, color adjustments, as well as scaling. Further, the back-end processing unit may also include a back-end statistics unit that may collect frequency statistics. The frequency statistics may be provided to an encoder and may be used to determine quantization parameters that are to be applied to an image frame.04-05-2012
20120281009Encoding, Decoding, and Representing High Dynamic Range Images - Techniques are provided to encode and decode image data comprising a tone mapped (TM) image with HDR reconstruction data in the form of luminance ratios and color residual values. In an example embodiment, luminance ratio values and residual values in color channels of a color space are generated on an individual pixel basis based on a high dynamic range (HDR) image and a derivative tone-mapped (TM) image that comprises one or more color alterations that would not be recoverable from the TM image with a luminance ratio image. The TM image with HDR reconstruction data derived from the luminance ratio values and the color-channel residual values may be outputted in an image file to a downstream device, for example, for decoding, rendering, and/or storing. The image file may be decoded to generate a restored HDR image free of the color alterations.11-08-2012
20120262473IMAGE COMPENSATION DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHODS THEREOF - An image compensating apparatus includes an input unit to receive input of an photo image, a Gaussian filtering unit to perform Gaussian filtering on the photo image, a division-map generating unit to convert the photo image on which the Gaussian filtering is performed into a color space including a plurality of color components and then generating a chromaticity division-map based on a color coordinate value in the color space, a calculating unit to calculate average chromaticity of each respective region by using the chromaticity division-map, and a compensating unit to compensate chromaticity of each respective region of the photo image by using the average chromaticity of each respective region. Accordingly, a faded image input to the input unit may effectively be compensated.10-18-2012
20120262472HEATMAP TIMELINE FOR VISUALIZATION OF TIME SERIES DATA - An approach for visualization of time series data. The approach for conveying time-series data may be a “heatmap timeline”. Rather than use a spatial dimension indicate a datum value for each timestamp, the heatmap timeline may employ hue, saturation, or value of color, and/or pattern and/or shading, perhaps shown within a geometric shape, to indicate the datum value along a timeline. Data values may be aggregated into one value indication. A tooltip may be pointed to a specific place on of the heatmap timeline to obtain a precise datum value at that place. More than one heatmap timeline may be on a display. Traditional line plots synchronized to the timeline may be added to the same display for comparison purposes. The heatmap timelines of various items within a hierarchical structure may be presented on a display. Data may also be presented in a mosaic fashion.10-18-2012
20120229494DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY - A display device including: a liquid crystal panel having liquid crystals driven to display a frame image; a generator which generates image data to display the frame image in response to a frame image signal corresponding to the frame image; a driver which writes the image data to the liquid crystal panel to drive the liquid crystals; and a detector for detecting a temperature of the driver, wherein the generator adjusts how many times the image data are written to the liquid crystal panel by the driver in response to the temperature of the driver.09-13-2012
20120229492Projecting Method and Mobile Device Thereof - The present invention discloses a projecting method from a mobile device to an on-board unit (OBU). The projection method includes steps of storing a first display frame data with a first resolution and a first color format of the OBU in a first writeback buffer; transferring the first display frame data to an OBU display; and displaying the first display frame data in the OBU display.09-13-2012
20120229491SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SECONDARY CONTENT USING A COLOUR CONTROLLER - Disclosed is a method of providing secondary content on a mobile device, the secondary content associated with a controller, the secondary content being a member of one of a plurality of content categories, the method comprising: displaying primary content on an interface of the mobile device; receiving the secondary content at the mobile device; applying a visual property to the controller, the visual property identifying the content category that the secondary content is a member of; after receiving the secondary content at the mobile device, displaying the controller on the interface of the mobile device such that the controller does not visually interfere with the displayed primary content; receiving input selecting the controller; and in response to receiving the input, displaying the secondary content associated with the controller on the interface of the mobile device.09-13-2012
20120229493MOBILE TERMINAL AND TEXT CURSOR OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a mobile terminal and a text cursor operating method thereof. Through touch and multi-touch operations (flicking, touch & drag and multi-touch), may be controlled cursor movement on a text, a mode conversion between a cursor mode and a block mode, setting one or more blocks with respect to a text region in a block mode, and block movement. This may allow edition operations (selection, block addition, copy, cut and paste, search and replace, deletion and so on) to be performed with respect to each block or between blocks.09-13-2012
20110122144Automatically Adaptive Display Eliminating Need For Vision Correction Aids - A data processing system for overcoming at least one vision impairment of a user, comprising a control unit connected to a display, wherein the control unit is arranged to distort a images in relation to the vision impairment and predefined criteria, and to display the distorted images on the display, such that the user suffering from the vision impairment perceives the distorted images as a healthy user perceives the original images. The distortion is continuously and dynamically adjusted in relation to spatial and temporal dimensions of the original images and of objects therein. Vision impairments compensated for may comprise astigmatism; myopia; hyperopia; presbyopia; and color blindness. The display may comprise a watch, a mobile device display, a phone handset, a screen of any type, a transparent material, such as a window, or a reflecting material such as a mirror.05-26-2011
20100328339Display Apparatus and Method of Driving the Same - A display apparatus includes a backlight unit generating light, a display panel including a plurality of pixels controlling transmittance of the light based upon pixel data, a timing controller compensating the pixel data, and a data driver driving the display panel based upon the compensated pixel data. The display panel includes a first area to which the light having a first brightness is supplied and a second area to which the light having a second brightness lower than the first brightness is supplied. The timing controller compensates for the pixel data supplied to at least one area of the first and second areas using a predetermined compensation value to reduce a brightness difference between the first and second areas.12-30-2010
20100328337LINE DRAWING PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A plurality of closed regions constituting a line drawing image are extracted and displayed on a display means. A desired closed region included among the plurality of displayed closed regions is extracted as an image layer by specifying the desired closed region by means of a manipulation means. At this time, a closed region display screen for displaying the extracted closed regions thereon and an image layer display screen for displaying the extracted image layer thereon are displayed in side by side relation on the display means. Thus, whether an appropriate closed region is converted to the image layer or not is easily determined. Also, when a plurality of closed regions are specified, the plurality of specified closed regions are extracted as an image layer. Thus, the plurality of closed regions are treated together as the single image layer. This achieves such functions and effects that both the improvement in the efficiency of the color application to the line drawing resulting from the image layer process and the improvement in the efficiency of the color application to the line drawing resulting from the closed region extraction are accomplished.12-30-2010
20100328336Liquid Crystal Display Wall and Method for Controlling the Same - The present invention relates to liquid crystal display wall and method for controlling the same. An LCD wall according to an embodiment of the invention comprises a display array and a control device, wherein the display array comprises a display panel and a backlight device, and the control device comprises a backlight controller configured to control the backlight device in the display array, and a display controller configured to receive image data and control the display of the image data on the display panel, wherein the display controller is further configured to perform adjustment in grey-scale on the image data corresponding to a backlight brightness of the backlight device. According to the embodiments of the invention, the LCD wall can perform dynamic backlight control, and can output grey-scales with a good uniformity.12-30-2010
20100328335REPRESENTING A PRINTED PRODUCT USING PIXEL OPACITY AND COLOR MODIFICATION - An original design image is processed to create a modified design image for blending with an image of a product to create a combined image representing the result of printing the design image onto the product. To create a modified design image, both the alpha value and color of pixels in the original design image are modified. The modified alpha value and the modified color of a pixel are determined as a function of the amount of gray in the original color of the pixel. The modified pixel color is calculated by subtracting the level of gray in the original pixel color from each of the three original component color values and increasing any remaining color component values as a function of the modified alpha value of the pixel.12-30-2010
20100328334Register Allocation for Message Sends in Graphics Processing Pipelines - Message sends may be implemented in a graphics pipeline using biased graph coloring. Registers may be allocated by shaders for message sends using biased graph coloring.12-30-2010
20100328333Power savings for display panels - In some embodiments one or more areas of interest to a user of a display screen are determined. Portions of the display screen other than the one or more areas of interest are dimmed. Other embodiments are described and claimed.12-30-2010
20080297529COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A color processing apparatus includes a device characteristic acquisition unit configured to acquire a monitor device characteristic, a viewing condition acquisition unit configured to acquire a viewing condition of a display screen, a correction unit configured to correct the monitor device characteristic based on the viewing condition of the display screen, and a color conversion unit configured to perform color conversion based on the viewing condition of the display screen and the corrected monitor device characteristic.12-04-2008
20130169664METHOD OF DISPLAYING POINTS OF INTEREST - A method of displaying points of interest in a perspective view of a geographical area on a display of a navigation device is provided. In the method, a perspective view of the geographical area is displayed on the display of the navigation device. Further, points of interest are displayed as graphical symbols in the perspective view, wherein the size of each graphical symbol is dependent on the distance of the respective point of interest from a view point of the perspective view, such that graphical symbols for points of interest located further away from the view point are displayed smaller than graphical symbols for points of interest located closer to the view point. Each point of interest is associated with a point of interest-category.07-04-2013
20120268475METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MARKING PIXELS FOR IMAGE MONITORING - A method and a computer readable medium containing instructions for devices marking pixel data as being critical symbology pixel data for verification prior to being displayed a pixel on a display device is presented. The method comprises determining by a computing device whether the pixel data is critical symbology pixel data and assigning an intensity threshold level to the pixel data. The threshold is based at least in part on the status of the pixel data as being critical symbology pixel data. Further, the method includes determining whether an intensity of the pixel data is less than or equal to the assigned intensity threshold level and then marking the pixel data as critical symbology pixel data when the intensity of the pixel data is greater than the intensity threshold.10-25-2012
20120268476Multi-Primary Color Display Device - A multi-primary color display device includes a unit pixel part, a plurality of data lines, a plurality of pads and a plurality of connection lines. The unit pixel part is disposed on a display area and includes at least four subpixels. The data lines extend in a first direction on display area, and are electrically connected to the subpixels. The pads are arranged in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction on a peripheral area surrounding the display area, and are electrically connected to a driving chip. The connection lines connect the data lines to the pads disposed on the peripheral area. Each of the connection lines has a same line resistance.10-25-2012
20100066753Visual Effects Screen - There is provided a special effects greenscreen having a plurality of marks dispersed thereon in a selected pattern, wherein each of the marks is embedded in the greenscreen by weaving, knitting, felting, crocheting, screening, stamping, embossing or similar method to integrate the mark into the greenscreen material. The pattern may be a single repeated mark evenly spaced along horizontal lines, along vertical lines, or along both horizontal and vertical lines. The pattern may comprise a familiar ordered series of unique marks dispersed in a selected pattern on the greenscreen, for example, letters of the alphabet. The pattern may comprise a first mark embedded at a selected point on the greenscreen, a plurality of second marks each embedded a first distance away from the first mark, and a plurality of third marks each embedded a second distance from the first mark, wherein the second distance is greater than first distance.03-18-2010
20120268477INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT CAN BE COMFORTABLY USED BY SPECIFIC USER, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which is capable of switching the method of display according to screen forming elements of a screen to be displayed such that the screen can be displayed in accordance with an accessibility-related setting. A controller of the apparatus determines whether or not an accessibility-related setting has been enabled. When it is determined that the accessibility-related setting has been enabled and that screen forming elements of a screen to be displayed on a display section are of a specific type, the controller changes a method of displaying the elements and thereby generates the screen.10-25-2012
20120320076METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CAUSING A PORTION OF AT LEAST ONE CONTENT ITEM TO BE HIGHLIGHTED RELATIVE TO ANOTHER PORTION OF THE AT LEAST ONE CONTENT ITEM DURING MOVEMENT OF THE CONTENT ITEM - A method is provided for causing a display of at least one content item and for enabling movement of the at least one content item. The method also causes a portion of the at least one content item to be highlighted relative to another portion of the at least one content item while the at least one content item is being moved. The portion of the at least one content item may be highlighted in various manners including by changing the brightness of the portion, applying a graphical effect to the portion and/or causing movement of the portion, such as by zooming the portion of the at least one content item. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided.12-20-2012
20120320078IMAGE INTENSITY-BASED COLOR SEQUENCE REALLOCATION FOR SEQUENTIAL COLOR IMAGE DISPLAY - System and method for image-based color sequence reallocation in sequential color display systems. A method comprises generating a color signal from an image to be displayed, wherein the color signal contains light intensity information, computing percentages of the color sequence to be allocated to each color in a set of colors in a sequential color display system, wherein the computing is based on the light intensity information, allocating the color sequence based on the computed percentages, and displaying the image using the color sequence. The allocation of the color sequence based on the image allows for the elimination of color intensities that are greater than needed in displaying the image. Portions of the color sequence formerly used to display the eliminated color intensities may be used to display colors with usable intensities, thereby increasing the brightness of images.12-20-2012
20100231602BACKLIGHT ADJUSTING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A backlight adjusting system and method is adapted for adjusting a backlight brightness of a light emitting element for a display panel based on an ambient light around the display panel. The backlight adjusting system includes a first calculator, a processor and a driver. The first calculator calculates a target display brightness value of the display panel based on an actual ambient brightness value of the ambient light, a predetermined optimal ambient brightness value of the ambient light, and a predetermined optimal display brightness value of the display panel determined according to the predetermined optimal ambient brightness value. The processor obtains a target pulse duty value based on the target display brightness value. The driver generates a driving signal based on the target pulse duty value utilizing pulse width modulation techniques for driving the light emitting element so as to adjust the backlight brightness of the light emitting element.09-16-2010
20120320077COMMUNICATING STATUS AND EXPRESSION - There is provided a robot that includes a processor executing instructions that determine a desired image to be displayed. The processor issues control signals corresponding to the desired image to be displayed. The robot also comprises a display assembly including a plurality of light sources, and a display surface. Selected ones of the plurality of light sources are activated depending at least in part upon the control signals. The display assembly includes a plurality of first light-carrying members. Each of the first light-carrying members transfers light from a corresponding one of the light sources to a light-carrying member to produce the desired image to be displayed on the display surface.12-20-2012
20120327102EXPRESSION INPUT APPARATUS, EXPRESSION DISPLAY APPARATUS, EXPRESSION INPUT METHOD, EXPRESSION DISPLAY METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM STORING EXPRESSION INPUT CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING EXPRESSION DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - An expression input apparatus includes: an expression input unit; an expression display unit; an expression/color specifying unit that specifies an expression portion in expressions displayed on the expression display unit and that specifies a color among a plurality of colors; an expression/color storage unit that stores the specified expression portion and the specified color in association with each other; a highlighting control unit that highlights the expression portion with the color; a color/position specifying unit that specifies the color stored in association with the expression portion, and that specifies a position at which a new expression portion is to be inputted; and a pasting unit that pastes the expression portion on the specified position and highlights the pasted expression portion with the specified color.12-27-2012
20120327101VISUAL DISPLAY WITH ILLUMINATORS FOR GAZE TRACKING - A visual display characterized by hidden reference illuminators is adapted to emit invisible light for generating corneo-scleral reflections on an eye watching a screen surface of the display. The tracking of such reflections and the pupil center provides input for gaze tracking. A method for equipping and an LCD with a reference illuminator are also provided. A system and method for determining a gaze point of an eye watching a visual display comprising reference illuminators are further provided. The determination of the gaze point may be based on an ellipsoidal cornea model.12-27-2012
20120327100METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR TACTILE FEEDBACK - A method and an electronic device for tactile feedback are provided. An original image is input and converted to a binary image which includes a first grayscale value and a second grayscale value. The original image is converted to a grayscale image at least including a third grayscale value between the first grayscale value and the second grayscale value. An index map is generated according to the binary image and the grayscale image. The index map includes a plurality of index values indicative of different strengths for tactile feedback. A touch input on a touch panel is detected when the original image is displayed on a display panel. In response to the detected touch input, a tactile activation unit is driven to generate tactile feedback according to the index map.12-27-2012
20120092361DISPLAY DEVICE - Three colors of light-emitting elements (04-19-2012
20120092360Dual Modulation Using Concurrent Portions of Luminance Patterns in Temporal Fields - Embodiments of the invention facilitate high-dynamic-range (HDR) imaging by generating portions of spatial and/or temporal luminance patterns with different spectral power distributions substantially concurrent with, for example, the modulation of the light intensity associated with the portions of luminance patterns. The method can include predicting luminance patterns associated with multiple spectral power distributions. The method also can include distributing portions of the luminance patterns in one or more temporal fields. In some embodiments, distributing the portions of the luminance patterns can include interlacing those portions. Further, the method can include modulating light intensities of the luminance patterns to produce an age with other spectral power distributions. In some embodiments, the distribution of the luminance pattern portions can be substantially synchronous with modulating the light intensity of the luminance patterns.04-19-2012
20120092359Extraction Of A Color Palette Model From An Image Of A Document - A system and method are provided for determining a color palette model from an image of a document. Pixel values of the image of the document are clustered to provide image clusters. Color layers of the image are determined, each color layer corresponding to an image cluster. Aspects of the color palette model can be determined using the color layers. Aspects of the color palette model include a foreground-background color pair for a content block in the document and a background-area color of the document.04-19-2012
20120287145COLOR CORRECTOR, VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE, AND COLOR CORRECTION METHOD - Color correction according to the present disclosure performs correction by adding a predetermined correction value to an input value of a component to be corrected, which is one of a plurality of components for representing a color with a predetermined color space, and outputs a corrected value. The color correction includes calculating an unadjusted correction value based on the input value; and adjusting the unadjusted correction value calculated in the calculating the unadjusted correction value so that the corrected value does not decrease with an increase in the input value, and outputting the adjusted value as the predetermined correction value.11-15-2012
20120287144DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES THEREON - A display includes pixels and a controller. The controller can cause the pixels to generate colors corresponding to an image frame. The controller can cause the display to display the image frame using sets of subframe images corresponding to contributing colors according to a field sequential color (FSC) image formation process. The contributing colors include component colors and at least one composite color, which is substantially a combination of at least two component colors. A greater number of subframe images corresponding to a first component color can be displayed relative to a number of subframe images corresponding to another component color. The display can be configured to output a given luminance of a contributing color for a first pixel by generating a first set of pixel states and output the same luminance of the contributing color for a second pixel by generating a second, different set of pixel states.11-15-2012
20100177109System and method for monochromatic tinting using saturation maps - There are provided systems and methods for tinting an image by monochromatic tinting using saturation maps for use by an application providing a user interface supporting customizable tinted images. By using saturation map and a monochromatic value map derived from the image and configuring the saturation map to specify areas for tinting, a tint color can be applied to the image by a series of quickly processed arithmetic calculations. This provides a lightweight and high quality method for tinting images within an application without wasting unnecessary network bandwidth or processor resources. Furthermore, the method can be adapted to apply multiple tint colors for multiple tints or use an alpha channel to restore color information lost due to the monochromatic value map. The resulting tinted image can also be used as a texture for a three-dimensional rendering engine.07-15-2010
20120139935INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE - A content playback device 06-07-2012
20120139933IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE - An image display device includes a creation unit configured to calculate histogram data before correction that indicates a luminance distribution from an input image data; a clip processing unit configured to set a value of the number of pixels of a tone to an upper threshold when the tone among tones of luminance values in the histogram data; an addition unit configured to add a value of the number of pixels based on a difference between the upper threshold and a value of the number of pixels for each tone that is set to the upper threshold in the histogram data before correction to a value of the number of pixels of at least a part of tones that are present between a first luminance value and a second luminance value and to output obtained corrected histogram data; and a correction unit configured to correct the input image data.06-07-2012
20130016114DISPLAYING STATIC IMAGESAANM Rabii; Khosro M.AACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Rabii; Khosro M. San Diego CA US - Aspects of this disclosure may describe techniques to display a static image with reduced power consumption. In some examples, a graphics processing unit (GPU) may retrieve the static image from a system memory, scale the static image to a reduced spatial resolution version of the static image, and store the reduced spatial resolution version of the static image in local memory. A display processor may retrieve the reduced spatial resolution version of the static image from local memory. The display processor may rescale the reduced spatial resolution version of the static image, and display the rescaled image on a display for presentation.01-17-2013
20130016115ACTIVITY RECORDING OF CONTACT HANDLING SYSTEM AGENTSAANM Minert; Brian D.AACI OremAAST UTAACO USAAGP Minert; Brian D. Orem UT USAANM Peterson; DavidAACI LehiAAST UTAACO USAAGP Peterson; David Lehi UT US - Methods and apparatus for recording agent activity and display information optionally redacting sensitive information from the recorded imagery prior to review by the agent's supervisor in a contact handling system are disclosed. The method can include recording image data displayed to the agent on a visual display during interaction by the agent with the contact media. The method can include audio recordings of what the agent heard and spoke that are combined with the recorded image data to simultaneously display the video and audio to a supervisor for quality assurance in the contact handling system. The method can further include modifying one or more selected pixels of the recorded image data to automatically exclude information from the recorded image data thereby creating redacted image data.01-17-2013
20130016113CONTEXT AWARE USER INTERFACE SYSTEMAANM Adhikari; SuranjitAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Adhikari; Suranjit San Diego CA USAANM Friedlander; StevenAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Friedlander; Steven San Diego CA US - Methods and apparatus are provided for presenting image data to include a graphic element. In one embodiment a method includes acquiring image data from a display buffer of a device, analyzing the image data to identify active and passive regions of the image data and ranking passive regions to determine a confidence measure for each passive region. The method may further include modifying the image data for display on the device to include a graphic element, wherein the graphic element is presented in a passive region based on the ranking.01-17-2013
20130016119DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOFAANM Ukawa; SatoshiAACI Komae-shiAACO JPAAGP Ukawa; Satoshi Komae-shi JP - A display apparatus according to the present invention includes: a measuring unit that measures an image displayed on a screen; a first determining unit that determines a first display setting by executing a single unit calibration; a second determining unit that determines a second display setting by executing a link calibration; and a determining unit that determines, during display of an external input image, which is an image based on an image signal input from an external apparatus, whether or not an output setting of the external apparatus or the second display setting differs from a setting during display of a previous external input image. The second determining unit executes the link calibration when the determining unit determines that the output setting of the external apparatus or the second display setting differs from the setting during display of the previous external input image.01-17-2013
20130016118IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSOR, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEMAANM Mizushiro; KenjiAACI Matsumoto-shiAACO JPAAGP Mizushiro; Kenji Matsumoto-shi JP - An image processing method, which performs color correction on a superimposed image obtained by superimposing a first image formed by a first image forming unit and a second image formed by a second image forming unit, includes controlling the dimming of the first image forming unit and the second image forming unit on the basis of dimming rates set in the first image forming unit and the second image forming unit in response to a given designated dimming rate, and performing a color correction process on image signals corresponding to the first image forming unit and the second image forming unit using a color correction value corresponding to the dimming rates of the first image forming unit and the second image forming unit.01-17-2013
20130016120MENU INPUT APPARATUS AND METHOD USING CAMERA OF MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL - A menu input method for a mobile terminal including displaying a menu having a plurality of items on a display of the mobile terminal, displaying a cursor used to select one of the plurality of items at a first position on the display, capturing images of a pointer object moving in front of an image capturing device included with the mobile terminal, and converting the captured images into coordinate values of the cursor and moving the cursor to a second position on the display based on the converted coordinate values01-17-2013
20130016117COLOR TRACKING METHOD FOR PANEL AND ASSOCIATED MODIFYING MODULEAANM Hsu; Te-WeiAACI New Taipei CityAACO TWAAGP Hsu; Te-Wei New Taipei City TWAANM Sung; Tung-HanAACI New Taipei CityAACO TWAAGP Sung; Tung-Han New Taipei City TWAANM Chen; Chuan-TsungAACI Taoyuan CountyAACO TWAAGP Chen; Chuan-Tsung Taoyuan County TW - A color tracking method for a panel and an associated modifying module are provided. A set of measured display values are obtained according to a measurement of the panel by a color meter and the measured display values are modified. Display settings of the panel are then calculated according to the modified display values.01-17-2013
20130016116REFLECTING CHANGES TO GRAPH-STRUCTURED DATAAANM Simon; JanAACI PragueAACO CZAAGP Simon; Jan Prague CZAANM Trcka; JanAACI RevniceAACO CZAAGP Trcka; Jan Revnice CZAANM Chmelicek; PavelAACI PragueAACO CZAAGP Chmelicek; Pavel Prague CZ - Methods, computer-readable media, and systems for reflecting changes to graph-structured data are provided. One method for reflecting changes to graph-structured data includes receiving a plot of a number of viewed nodes that are viewed on a first graph, constructing a second graph in response to a change in the graph-structured data associated with the first graph, by determining a number of viewed edges between a first viewed node of the number of viewed nodes and a remainder of the number of viewed nodes, determining a number of node connects for the first viewed node, and providing an indication of completeness of the first viewed node based on whether the number of node connects is greater than the number of viewed edges between the first viewed node and the number of viewed nodes, and merging the first graph and the second graph to create a merged graph.01-17-2013
20110148905APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING AND DISPLAYING PRE-EVENT AND POST-EVENT ANALYTE CONCENTRATION LEVELS - Embodiments of the invention provide apparatus, systems and methods wherein pre-event and post-event analyte concentration readings associated with an event are collected and processed to determine a numerical delta. The numerical delta may be displayed on a visual display to aid in a ready determination of the affect that the event (alone or in combination with medication and/or insulin dosages) had on the analyte concentration levels. Medication and/or insulin dosages may be displayed alongside the numerical delta to gauge immediate relationships between numerical delta, dosage and/or an associated event. Apparatus and systems for calculating and displaying the numerical delta are described, as are other aspects.06-23-2011
20110157211DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a display control apparatus that enables a plurality of users to view their respective desired content simultaneously while suppressing a sacrifice of screen size. In a display control section (06-30-2011
20110157210BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTING DEVICE OF VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - The present invention relates to a video display apparatus. More specifically, the present invention relates to a brightness adjusting device of a video display apparatus that is able to improve perceived contrast ratio by brightness of a video signal input to the video display apparatus having a plasma display panel applied thereto.06-30-2011
20110157209IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention, comprises: 06-30-2011
20130021365COLOR ARRANGEMENT CHECKING DEVICE, INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A COMPUTER PROGRAM THEREOF, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A color arrangement checking device stores a full-color document in which elements of each color are placed on a page, detects at least a color and a size of the elements for each page of the document, adds up the size of the elements for the whole page by the color which is output as an occupancy ratio, and determines whether or not at least one of brightness and saturation exceeds a predetermined color threshold value for each color of the elements. The color arrangement checking device determines whether or not the occupancy ratio by the color of the elements, which assume the color, of which at least one of the brightness and the saturation is determined to exceed the color threshold value, as an attribute, exceeds a predetermined occupancy threshold value, and outputs the elements which assume the color, of which the occupancy ratio is determined to exceed the occupancy threshold value, as the attribute.01-24-2013
20130021362INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An apparatus includes an input unit, a microphone, a control unit, and a voice recognition unit. The input unit is configured to receive a first type input and a second type input. The microphone is configured to receive an input sound signal. The control unit is configured to control a display to display feedback according to a type of input. The voice recognition unit is configured to perform recognition processing on the input sound signal.01-24-2013
20130021361METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RENDERING USER INTERFACE FONT - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for rendering fonts of a user interface, both of which can establish a font cache table to cache fonts needed to be rendered, searches a font needed to be rendered in the font cache table and returns that font, and renders the founded font needed to be rendered. The method and the apparatus of the present invention pre-cache the fonts needed to be rendered by establishing the font cache table, so that the font rendering efficiency of the user interface can be improved significantly, especially the fluency of a dynamic user interface (such as sliding of user interface, dragging of icon) which contains plenty of font rendering is not reduced following the plenty of font rendering. In addition, the present invention further proposes a font supplementary scheme and a maintenance scheme of the font cache table, so as to make the present invention have more practical value.01-24-2013
20130021360SYNCHRONIZATION OF SHADER OPERATION - The example techniques described in this disclosure may be directed to synchronization between producer shaders and consumer shaders. For example, a graphics processing unit (GPU) may execute a producer shader to produce graphics data. After the completion of the production of graphics data, the producer shader may store a value indicative of the amount of produced graphics data. The GPU may execute one or more consumer shaders, after the storage of the value indicative of the amount of produced graphics data, to consume the produced graphics data.01-24-2013
20130021363MOVING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND MOVING IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - To provide a technology for performing brightness range expansion processing suitable for a scene change when a scene change occurs. If an expansion coefficient output mode determination module 01-24-2013
20120242678SEE-THROUGH NEAR-EYE DISPLAY GLASSES INCLUDING AN AUTO-BRIGHTNESS CONTROL FOR THE DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS BASED ON THE BRIGHTNESS IN THE ENVIRONMENT - This disclosure concerns an interactive head-mounted eyepiece with an integrated processor for handling content for display and an integrated image source for introducing the content to an optical assembly through which the user views a surrounding environment and the displayed content. The image source includes an auto-brightness control that controls the brightness of the displayed content based on the brightness in the environment.09-27-2012
20080252653CALIBRATING RGBW DISPLAYS - A method for calibrating a display device having four or more channels, including three main channels which include in their gamut a desired display white point, and one or more further channels, said display device also having one or more individual adjustment controls for each channel. The method uses a series of targets, which are each one or more activated display settings at which the luminance and chromaticity coordinates are measured and recorded.10-16-2008
20130169660IMAGE EDITING SYSTEM AND METHOD - An image editing system includes a screen for displaying a plurality of continuous frames of images. A menu generating unit, connected with the screen, generates a visual menu on the screen when running the image editing system for prompting a user to implement a start operation. A display control unit responds to the start operation to stop receiving the next frame of the image and keeps the screen displaying the current frame of the image. As well as an image obtaining unit, responds to editing operations of the user on the current frame of the image to cut a section of the image from the current frame of the image. An image editing method is also provided.07-04-2013
20130169663APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGES - An apparatus and method for displaying images and an apparatus and method for processing images are provided. The image display apparatus includes an image processor configured to receive an image frame and convert a gradation value of each of a plurality of pixels constituting the image frame to generate a sub image frame; and a controller configured to control a display panel to sequentially display the image frame and the sub image frame.07-04-2013
20130169659HIGH EFFICIENCY DYNAMIC COLOR CONTROL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed that use one or more of advanced signal processing or auxiliary metadata to detect maximum video pixel drive levels required, in advance, for quickly reducing light source power levels to only supply what is absolutely required by the spatial light modulator for that time period. A spatial light modulator is controlled so as to compensate proportionally by increasing its throughput. Thus, the image brightness can be preserved at a lower average source power level resulting in increased lifetime of the light source and lower operating cost on a per-hour basis and/or projection at a desired brightness using a lower cost light source than prior art systems.07-04-2013
20120249571IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, SERVER, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display method comprises uploading images from a terminal of users to a server via a network, storing the images uploaded by the users in the server, calculating a value of the stored images, displaying a predetermined number of images among the stored images at the terminal in a manner in accordance with the value of the images.10-04-2012
20100085373IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, PROGRAM AND DISPLAY - This invention is to provide an image processing apparatus, an image processing method, a program, and a display in which both of a secret image and a public image can be efficiently displayed with high picture quality without reducing contrast of the public image. One of output images is a secret image which displays an input secret image as one of input images in a partial area of a screen, all the output images including the secret image have a relationship to become, when a luminance value of each pixel thereof is totaled, an input public image as one of the input images; and during a period in which at least the secret image is being outputted, shutter glasses disposed between a display to which the image signals are inputted and user's eyes are set to a light transmission state.04-08-2010
20100085375Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - A liquid crystal display (LCD) and a method of driving the same are disclosed. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel; a backlight unit; a panel drive circuit; a timing controller; an internal memory; a self-screen drive controller; a scaler unit; a selection unit; an internal power circuit; an external power circuit; and a microprocessor that blocks an output of the external power circuit from being supplied to the scaler unit in a self-screen drive.04-08-2010
20130169658MULTI-THREADED MULTI-FORMAT BLENDING DEVICE FOR COMPUTER GRAPHICS OPERATIONS - The disclosed invention provides a solution for the problem of blending colors in a graphics processing unit. The plurality of blending equations used in various graphics layers is performed with a programmable streaming processor. Multiple simultaneous threads are used to eliminate pipeline latency and memory stalls. Overlays of predefined blending modes are used to minimise the time instruction memory is updated.07-04-2013
20130176324DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, DISPLAYING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a display device including: a sampling block sampling image data continuously inputted thereto at predetermined intervals; a gradation value/deterioration amount converting block converting a gradation value of an image based on the image data sampled in the sampling block into a deterioration amount; a deterioration amount storing block calculating and accumulating a difference in deterioration amount between a correction object pixel and a reference pixel by using the deterioration amount obtained through the conversion in the gradation value/deterioration amount converting block; a correction amount calculating block calculating a correction amount required for resolving the deterioration amount difference stored in the deterioration amount storing block based on an estimated deterioration amount within a correction period of time; and a deterioration amount difference correcting block correcting the gradation value of the corresponding pixel with the correction amount thus calculated.07-11-2013
20130176325COLOR INFORMATION GENERATION DEVICE, COLOR INFORMATION GENERATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A color database, in which a mutual correlation is established among an L*a*b*-color-system L*a*b* value as an attribute with respect to a color stimulus, an RGB value, and a sphere radius which is proportional to a color difference and is set in advance as a value indicating a level at that a person can sensuously distinguish between colors, the sphere radius being a radius of a color sphere having the L*a*b* value as a center point in an L*a*b*-color-system color solid, is included, and when the L*a*b* value or RGB value is input to an input unit, display data generation unit refers to the color database to generate display data in which the color sphere having a center point of the L*a*b* value or the L*a*b* value correlated with RGB value is disposed in the L*a*b*-color-system color solid of a line drawing, the color sphere having the correlated sphere radius.07-11-2013
20130093782Color Selection and Chart Styles - Color selection may be provided. First, a selection of a target object may be received and a color selection mode may be entered. Then a color preview may be provided in response to entering the color selection mode. Next, a color selection may be received in response to providing the color preview. A color of a property of the selected target object may then be set to the received color selection.04-18-2013
20130100155System and Method for Monochromatic Tinting Using Saturation Maps - There are provided systems and methods for tinting an image by monochromatic tinting using saturation maps for use by an application providing a user interface supporting customizable tinted images. By using saturation map and a monochromatic value map derived from the image and configuring the saturation map to specify areas for tinting, a tint color can be applied to the image by a series of quickly processed arithmetic calculations. This provides a lightweight and high quality method for tinting images within an application without wasting unnecessary network bandwidth or processor resources. Furthermore, the method can be adapted to apply multiple tint colors for multiple tints or use an alpha channel to restore color information lost due to the monochromatic value map. The resulting tinted image can also be used as a texture for a three-dimensional rendering engine.04-25-2013
20130113818IMAGE QUALITY CONFIGURATION APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method includes detecting one of an application access or a file type access, and configuring, in response to detecting the application or file type access, automatically without user interaction, a display system in an image quality configuration for the application or the file type where the image quality configuration is based on providing best image quality with respect to the application or the file type. Configuring the display system in an image quality configuration, may involve determining that a profile associated with the application or associated with the file type is stored in memory, and configuring the display system according to the profile. The method may adjust at least one anti-aliasing parameter or at least one anisotropic filter parameter. The method may monitor an operating system to obtain an indication that an application has been accessed or that a file type has been accessed.05-09-2013
20130113817DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are provided. The display apparatus including: an image receiver which receives an image signal from an external image source; an image processor which processes the image signal; a display unit which displays an image processed by the image processor; and a controller which extracts color information of the image and adjusts a color of an area complementary to a predetermined area with respect to a color of the predetermined area if a degree of change of a color level in the predetermined area of the image is equal to or less than a threshold value. Accordingly, a hue felt by a viewer is maintained by adjusting a color of an area complementary to another area of a displayed image with respect to a color of the other area, for which a gain adjustment is not available, of the displayed image.05-09-2013
20130113816VISUALIZING BRAIN NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - A method for visualizing brain connectivity includes receiving image data including molecular diffusion of brain tissue, constructing a tree data structure from the image data, wherein the tree data structure comprises a plurality of network nodes, wherein each network node is connected to a root of the tree data structure, rendering a ring of a radial layout depicting the tree data structure, wherein a plurality of vertices may be traversed from the top to the bottom, duplicating at least one control point for spline edges sharing a common ancestor, and bundling spline edges by applying a global strength parameter β.05-09-2013
20130113815INTERACTIVE COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF MULTIPLE OBJECT DATA VISUALIZATIONS - Interactive analysis of data objects within a display includes displaying icons representing different data objects on a graphic display device at each of a plurality of unique locations within a multi-dimensional relational structure as a function of unique respective values of dimensions of a display data variable that is relevant to the display structure and common to each of the data objects represented by the icons, and wherein the icons each have initial respective graphic display appearances. Selecting an icon specifies a comparison data variable common to the data objects, wherein graphic display appearances of each of the icons are updated at their same, unique locations to revised dimensional graphic display appearances that visually indicate relationships of respective values of the selected common comparison data variable of their represented data objects to a value of the selected common comparison data variable of the data object represented by the selected icon.05-09-2013
20130100154SPECTRUM ANALYZER INTERFACE - A computer program product stored on a non-transitory computer readable medium usable with a programmable computer, the computer program product having computer-readable code embodied therein for displaying data in a graphical format, the computer-readable code includes, but is not limited to, instructions for mapping a range of detected densities of detected frequency signals to a corresponding range of color hues, generating a spectrum density graph displaying the detected frequency signals and corresponding densities as represented by the mapped corresponding range of color hues, and generating a waterfall spectrum graph displaying the corresponding detected densities utilizing the same color mapping of the detected range of densities of detected frequency signals as utilized by the generated spectrum density graph, thereby providing a density color match between data points on the spectrum density graph and the waterfall spectrum graph.04-25-2013
20130120427System and Method for Simulation of Paint Deposition Using a Pickup and Reservoir Model - Systems, methods, and apparatus for simulating natural media painting in a digital painting application (or painting simulation module) using a two-layer model of a virtual paint brush may more accurately simulate real world painting techniques than conventional painting simulations. A two-layer brush model may include a reservoir buffer and a pickup buffer to separately represent the paint stored in the belly of a paint brush tip and paint that has been picked up on the surface of the brush tip during a brush stoke, respectively. The two-layer brush model may also include methods that automatically control how virtual paint moves between these layers and a digital canvas. In simulations that employ this two-layer brush model, virtual paint may be deposited on the digital canvas directly from both of the buffers. The amount of paint deposited from each buffer (and/or the ratio of the amounts) may be configurable by a user.05-16-2013
20130127894Fast bilateral filtering using rectangular regions - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for applying a bilateral filter to an image. During operation, the system selects a first region within the image which is associated with a first pixel. Next, the system constructs a first histogram using pixel values within the first region. The system then computes a new value for the first pixel using the current value of the first pixel and the first histogram. The system then selects a second region within the image which is associated with a second pixel. Next, the system determines a non-overlapping region between the first region and the second region. The system then constructs a second histogram using the first histogram and pixel values in the non-overlapping region. Next, the system computes a new value for the second pixel using the current value of the second pixel and the second histogram.05-23-2013
20130135335METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERPOLATING COLORS - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus, and computer programs encoded on computer storage media for displaying a target color on an electronic display having display devices capable of displaying a set of native colors. In one aspect, the method includes identifying a plurality of weights including at least a first weight and one or more other weights, selecting a first color from the set of native colors that is closest to the target color and assigning it to the first weight, determining an error between the first color and the target color, recursively assigning a subsequent color from the set of native colors to the one or more other weights. Each subsequent color is selected based on the target color and an error normalized by previously assigned weights. The method also displays each assigned color according to its weight on the electronic display.05-30-2013
20130141454DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES - A device for displaying images is provided, in which the device includes an image analyzing unit which analyzes an incoming unit frame image and provides a result of the analysis related to an area on which a color characteristic is expressed, which has a different characteristic from a color characteristic of a peripheral area, and a backlight which includes light emitting diodes (LED), each LED operates differently according to presence and absence of the area on which the color characteristic is expressed, which has a different characteristic from the color characteristic of a peripheral area is expressed, by using the result of analysis.06-06-2013
20130141452COLOR MULTICHANNEL DISPLAY USING LIGHT-SOURCE DETECTOR - A color display system includes an illumination system that provides a temporal sequence of illumination color channels, and a monochrome reflective display system including a directly-viewable display surface having display pixels with a controllable reflectance. The illumination system is selectively connectable to the display system. When the illumination system and display are connected, the display sequences the illumination color channels and in synchronization controls the reflectance of the display pixels according to image data for a corresponding image color channel. When the illumination system and display system are not connected, the display pixels are controlled to display a monochrome image determined from the color image data.06-06-2013
20130141453DISPLAY DIMMING TO SAVE MOBILE DEVICE POWER DURING WEBPAGE, WEB CONTENT, AND DEVICE APPLICATION LOADING - Systems, methods, and apparatus are herein disclosed for controlling a display brightness based on user action or user interest in the display. In particular, the display brightness can be dimmed upon identification of a first marker indicative of a user action such as a request for a webpage. The brightness of the display can be increased or returned to its original state upon identification of a second marker indicative of completion of a user equipment activity triggered by the user action. In some embodiments, another brightness state between these two can be used as an intermediary and is triggered when a third marker, indicative of a progression of the user equipment activity, is identified.06-06-2013
20080211829Driving Device for Quickly Changing the Gray Level of the Liquid Crystal Display and its Driving Method - A driving device for quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display and its driving method are disclosed. The driving device includes a group of thin film transistors with matrix array, a plurality of gate lines and a plurality of data lines. The object of quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display can be accomplished by the different arrangement of the gate lines and the data lines and the different connection of the thin film transistors with the gate lines and the data lines. The driving method for the said driving device includes: two gate lines in the liquid crystal display are simultaneously or synchronously turned on according to in the bright, period or in the black, period, the voltage for displaying the present frame interval data or the voltage for displaying black image is given to the thin film transistors connected with the gate lines, and scanning continues in turn. Tire present invention suits for the picture treatment of various liquid crystal displays, organic light emitting diode (OLED) display or plasma display panel (PDP).09-04-2008
20110273467DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MULTICOLOR VECTOR IMAGE PROCESSING - An image processing device includes: an analysis unit to analyze vector image data including line information and area color information; a detection unit to detect a boundary pixel through which an outline passes; a determination unit to determine whether the outline passes longitudinally through the boundary pixel; and a coloring unit to sequentially fill each pixel on a scan line. A color of a target pixel is calculated based on the area color information and the target pixel is filled with the calculated color when the target pixel is a boundary pixel. A reference filling color is changed from the first color to the second color defined for a target pixel when the target pixel is a boundary pixel through which an outline passes longitudinally. A target pixel is filled with the reference filling color when the target pixel is not a boundary pixel.11-10-2011
20110273466VIEW-DEPENDENT RENDERING SYSTEM WITH INTUITIVE MIXED REALITY - An image is displayed by determining a relative position and orientation of a display in relation to a viewer's head, and rendering an image based on the relative position and orientation. The viewer's eye movement relative to the rendered image is tracked, with at least one area of interest in the image to the viewer being determined based on the viewer's eye movement, and an imaging property of the at least one area of interest is adjusted. Computer-generated data is obtained for display based on the at least one area of interest. At least one imaging property of the computer-generated data is adjusted according to the at least one imaging property that was adjusted for the at least one area of interest and the computer-generated data is displayed in the at least one area of interest along with a section of the image displayed in the at least one area of interest.11-10-2011
20110273465OUTPUT CONTROL APPARATUS OF MEDICAL DEVICE - An ultrasound output apparatus includes a first output connector for connecting a first handpiece, a second output connector arranged neighboring the first output connector for connecting a second handpiece, an HP connector connection detection circuit that detects that the first and second handpieces are connected to the first and second output connectors respectively, a display section provided with first and second display screens for displaying setting information of the first and second handpieces at predetermined positions according to an array of the first output connector and the second output connector and a GUI control section that controls a number of partitions of the display section according to connection statuses of the first and second handpieces so as to display, when the HP connector connection detection circuit detects that the first and second handpieces are connected to the first and second output connectors, setting information of the first and second handpieces on the first and second display screens, display, when the HP connector connection detection circuit detects that only the first handpiece is connected to the first output connector, the setting information of the first handpiece on the entire display section and display, when the HP connector connection detection circuit detects that only the second handpiece is connected to the second output connector, the setting information of the second handpiece on the entire display section, and performs a display reflecting the connection status of the HP connector connection detection circuit.11-10-2011
20110221760DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - In at least one embodiment, a display device includes: a correction section for carrying out gray scale correction on gray scale data to be supplied to a display driver, by use of a correction amount corresponding to a position of each column to which the data signal is to be supplied, the each column being on a display panel, the correction section carrying out the gray scale correction by setting the correction amount to zero for at least (i) gray scale data corresponding to a lowest positive-polarity data signal potential and (ii) gray scale data corresponding to a lowest negative-polarity data signal potential of first gray scale data to be supplied to at least one column constituting a part of all columns, the gray scale data (i) and (ii) being among the gray scale data inputted into the correction section.09-15-2011
20130147829HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM USER INTERFACE HAVING ADJUSTABLE FONTS AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A user interface for use with an HVAC system, a method of providing service reminders on a single screen of a user interface of an HVAC system and an HVAC system incorporating the user interface or the method. In one embodiment, the user interface includes: (1) a display configured to provide information to a user, (2) a touchpad configured to accept input from the user and (3) a processor and memory coupled to the display and the touchpad and configured to drive the display, the display further configured to provide a button that allows a user to adjust an attribute of text displayed on the display.06-13-2013
20130147830APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING IMAGE DRAW PERFORMANCE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for drawing a background image in a portable terminal are provided. The method includes determining at least one color addition region based on background image configuration information, and drawing a background image by adding a color to the at least one color addition region.06-13-2013
20130147831SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TEMPORAL SUBPIXEL RENDERING OF IMAGE DATA - Methods are disclosed to render image data over time. In one embodiment, a mapping from image data values to first and second sets of subpixels in a plurality of output frames uses brightness versus viewing angle performance measures to reduce color error when the image is viewed on the display panel at an off-normal viewing angle. In another embodiment, temporal subpixel rendering is used to improve the viewing angle in LCD displays or to improve subpixel rendering in other display technologies.06-13-2013
20130147823SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RENDERING A SKY VEIL ON A VEHICLE DISPLAY - Methods and systems are provided for improving pilot situational awareness during brown-over-brown display situations. An image is rendered, on a display, that includes one of, or both, rendered terrain and rendered sky. A sky veil is at least selectively rendered on a portion of the display. The sky veil, when rendered, is rendered at least partially transparent and in a manner that portions of the sky veil that overlap with rendered sky are not discernable, and rendered terrain is viewable through portions of the sky veil that overlap with terrain.06-13-2013
20130147824METHODS FOR MODIFYING COLOR DATA AND DISPLAY SYSTEMS IMPLEMENTING THE METHODS - A method for modifying color data in a display system is implemented using hardware circuitry. The method includes receiving first-color data associated with a first bit depth, the first-color data including a first-color data value. The method also includes receiving second-color data associated with a second bit depth that is less than the first bit depth, the second-color data including a second-color data value that corresponds to the first-color data value. The method also includes normalizing the second-color data according to the first bit depth for generating normalized second-color data. The method also includes adding an offset value to each data value of the normalized second-color data to generate offset second-color data, the offset second-color data including an offset second-color data value that corresponds to the first-color data value. The method also includes determining a modified second-color data value using the first-color data value and the offset second-color data value.06-13-2013
20130147825APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A VISUAL TRANSITION BETWEEN SCREENS - An apparatus, method, and computer program product are described that provide for the display of a visual transition between screens representing different interactive content to indicate to a user that the user is “leaving” (e.g., transitioning away) from one screen and is “entering” (e.g., transitioning to) another screen. In particular, a first graphical effect may be applied to a first screen and a second, different graphical effect may be applied to the second screen. The first graphical effect may be indicative of a transition from display of the first screen to non-display of the first screen, while the second graphical effect may be indicative of a transition from non-display of the second screen to display of the second screen. The combination of the first and second graphical effects may, thus, create for the user a visual transition from the first screen to the second screen.06-13-2013
20130147826DISPLAY OF SHADOWS VIA SEE-THROUGH DISPLAY - Various embodiments are disclosed that relate to the presentation of images of shadows cast over a real-world background by images of objects displayed on a see-through display. For example, one disclosed embodiment provides a method of operating a display device having a see-through display screen The method comprises displaying on the see-through display screen an image of an object, and while displaying the image of the object, displaying an image of a shadow cast by the object onto the background scene by acquiring an image of a background scene, determining a location of the shadow in the image of the background scene, rendering an enhanced image of the background scene by increasing a relative brightness in a region adjacent to the shadow compared to a brightness within the shadow, and displaying the enhanced image of the background scene.06-13-2013
20130147827METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FILTERING AND DISPLAYING DATA - Described herein, a computing device includes a memory including a display cache configured to store display sections, a filter module configured to filter a display section to create a filtered display section, and a display module. The display module is configured to determine whether a first filtered display section corresponding to a first display section is stored within the display cache, retrieve the first filtered display section from the display cache if the first filtered display section is determined to be stored within the display cache, and cause the first filtered display section to be displayed within the display area.06-13-2013
20130147828Arranged Display of Data Associated with a Set of Time Periods - In an embodiment, a method of providing an arranged display of data associated with a set of time periods is presented. In this method, values of a first data type are accessed, the values being observed during each of multiple time periods. An order for the time periods is determined based on the values of the first data type. A selectable region for each of the time periods is displayed, the regions being arranged according to the order. In response to a user selection of one of the selectable regions, a value of a second data type is displayed, the value of the second data type being observed during the time period of the selected one of the selectable regions.06-13-2013
20100309215DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display device on which a tincted, including black, image is displayed; a position retrieving section that retrieves a position specified on a screen of the display device; and a controller that uses the position retrieved by the position retrieving section to identify a region specified on the screen of the display device and controls the region identified on the display device so that a untincted figure that is formed in a predetermined shape is displayed in the identified region.12-09-2010
20100309214LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A light emitting device and a method of driving the same that can reduce or even prevent motion blur and flicker phenomena. The light emitting device includes: a display unit including scan lines, column lines, and light emitting pixels configured to provide light to at least one pixel of the display device; a partial brightness controller configured to read the input video signal and the input image control signal, to generate a brightness information signal having brightness information of each of the light emitting pixels, and to generate a motion detection signal having motion information of the entire display device for a frame; and a controller configured to control a pulse width ratio between a first scan signal and a second scan signal, applied to each of the scan lines for the frame, according to the motion detection signal.12-09-2010
20100309213Adaptive Stepping-Control System and Method for Dynamic Backlight Control - An adaptive stepping-control system and method for dynamic backlight control (DBLC) is disclosed. A stepping-control unit adjusts output of a dynamic backlight control (DBLC) device, such that the backlight luminance generated from a backlight unit may change smoothly. The amount of change of the backlight luminance per unit time (or stepping rate) varies according to the content of the image data.12-09-2010
20120274651MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING TWO MERGED IMAGES - A matrix display device with a definition determined by a plurality of pixels, the matrix display device including at least one controller suitable for producing display light intensity signals for each of the pixels; and a matrix of pixels organized in a mosaic of a plurality of identical arrangements of a determined number of pixels, wherein a first number of pixels of an arrangement are dedicated to display of a first image and receives the light intensity signals associated with the pixels of the first image that correspond thereto, one or more other pixels of the arrangement are dedicated to display of a second image and receiving light intensity signals associated with the pixels of said second image that correspond thereto, the matrix display device producing the merged display of the first image and of the second image, the two images being, if necessary, redimensioned by scaling means.11-01-2012
20110242126CAPTURING IMAGE STRUCTURE DETAIL FROM A FIRST IMAGE AND COLOR FROM A SECOND IMAGE - Embodiments are described for a method to generate an image that includes image structure detail captured from a first image and color from a second image. The first image of a defined subject can be obtained from a computer memory. The first image may be a downsampled fine image with image detail. The second image captured of the defined subject in the first image can be obtained from a computer memory. The second image may be a coarse image. A target pixel in the second image can be selected. A target color distribution for a pixel window of the target pixel can then be computed. A source color distribution for a pixel window of a corresponding pixel in the first image can be computed using a computer processor. Further, a statistic of the target pixel can be determined with respect to the target color distribution. The source color in the source color distribution can be computed with the statistic. The target pixel color can then be replaced by the source color.10-06-2011
20110234621PROCESS FOR GENERATING BIDIRECTIONAL REFLECTANCE DISTRIBUTION FUNCTIONS OF GONIOAPPARENT MATERIALS WITH LIMITED MEASUREMENT DATA - A computer-implemented process for generating a bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF) of a gonioapparent material containing effect flake pigments in a solid medium using limited measurement data, comprising the following steps: (A) acquiring and inputting into a computing device (1) photometric data and (2) the refractive index of the solid medium of the gonioapparent material; (B) converting any non-linear photometric data from step A) above to linear photometric data; (C) using the illumination angle and the reflective scattering angle associated with the linear photometric data and the refractive index of the medium to calculate corresponding effect flake angles; (D) fitting the linear photometric data and the effect angle data with an equation; (E) calculating the corresponding effect flake angle needed to calculate the BRDF being generated in step (F); and (F) generating the BRDF from the corresponding effect flake angle from step (E) and the equation developed in step (D).09-29-2011
20110234620IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing device for converting a color tone of an image includes: an input unit to which an image is input; a designation unit that designates precision of color conversion performed on the input image; a color conversion table that stores output color data after color conversion of color data, which is determined according to the designated precision and may be included in the image, in an address space determined according to the precision; an address specifying unit that specifies an address referring to the color conversion table on the basis of a first portion, which is determined according to the precision, of color data expressing the input image; a color converting unit that converts the color data included in the input image into output color data by referring to the specified address of the color conversion table; a parameter specifying unit that specifies a parameter for interpolating a color, which is expressed by the output color data, on the basis of a second portion other than the first portion of the color data included in the input image; and an interpolation unit that interpolates a color, which is expressed by the converted output color data, on the basis of the specified parameter.09-29-2011
20110234619HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY - A head-mounted display includes an image display portion configured to optically emit image light to the eyes of a user, an approaching object detection portion configured to detect an object approaching the user, a direction detection portion that detects an approaching direction from which the object detected by the approaching object detection portion approaches based on a detection result by the approaching object detection portion, and a display control portion configured to guide a line of sight of the user in the approaching direction in a display region in which a display image is displayed which is visually recognized by the user based on the image light emitted by the image display portion.09-29-2011
20110234618Method and System for Vertical Filtering Using Window Descriptors - Herein described is a method and system of vertically filtering a graphics image such that an enhanced image is provided to a display. Filtering of the graphics image may be accomplished by using one or more window descriptors. The method may be implemented by computing a weighted average of one or more pixel intensities. The system may comprise a memory, a processor, and a graphics engine. The graphics engine may comprise a graphics blender. The graphics blender may comprise one or more multipliers and one or more adders. The processor may execute software resident in the memory, such that the one or more window descriptors may be used to compute the weighted average.09-29-2011
20110234617MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A mobile electronic device is disclosed. A first display module comprises a first touch panel, and a second display module comprises a second touch panel. A battery supplies power to the first display module and the second display module, and a detection module determines whether the first touch panel and the second touch panel are viewable by a user. A setting module sets the first touch panel to a first brightness, if the battery level is below the first value and if the second touch panel is not viewable (non-viewable) by the user. The setting module sets the first touch panel and the second touch panel to a second brightness darker than the first brightness, if the battery level is below the first value and if the second touch panel is viewable by the user.09-29-2011
20110234616PROJECTOR SYSTEM AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - This invention discloses a projector system includes a memory, a projecting unit, an image reading unit and an image analysis unit. The memory stores LUTs corresponding to different background planes respectively. Each LUT is related to an HSI value, Hue, Saturation and Intensity, of a corresponding background plane. The projecting unit projects an image on a background plane. The image reading unit gathers a data of the background plane. The image analysis unit analyzes the data to find out an HSI value of the background plane. The image analysis unit searches the memory to find a corresponding LUT according to the HSI value of the background plane and amend the image projected on the background plane according to the corresponding LUT.09-29-2011
20110234615Creating Presentations Using Digital Media Content - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for creating presentations using digital media content. In one aspect, input is received to position a first graphical element, such as a digital image, over a second graphical element to create a digital presentation. By analyzing a first feature associated with the first graphical element, it is determined that the first feature is incompatible with a second feature associated with the second graphical element. The second feature is dynamically and automatically modified to be compatible with the first feature, and the first graphical element is displayed over the second graphical element that is associated with the modified second feature, in response to the input.09-29-2011
20110234614IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus is configured to designate an area of an input image signal, enlarge a waveform of a signal included in a designated area among generated waveforms, set a display color of the enlarged waveform to a different color, and output the waveform having the set display color by imposing over the generated waveform.09-29-2011
20110234613GENERATING DIGITAL MEDIA PRESENTATION LAYOUTS DYNAMICALLY BASED ON IMAGE FEATURES - Methods, apparatuses, and systems for generating digital media presentation layouts dynamically based on image features. Multiple digital images are received. Features are identified for one or more of the digital images based on metadata associated with and content included in the digital images. Significance measures are associated with the one or more digital images based on the features. A digital presentation of the one or more digital images is generated and the digital images are displayed according to the significance measures associated with the respective digital images.09-29-2011
20110234612ADJUSTING A BRIGHTNESS LEVEL OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of methods, systems, or apparatuses relating to adjusting a brightness level of at least a portion of a backlight of a display device based, at least in part, on one or more measurements of ambient light values.09-29-2011
20100315429VISUAL DISPLAY MEASUREMENT AND CALIBRATION SYSTEMS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - The present disclosure is directed to visual display measurement and calibration systems and associated methods. A system in accordance with one embodiment includes, for example, a visual display measurement device configured to contact one or more selected regions of a visual display sign. The visual display measurement device includes a light integrating and collection portion and a color measurement device configured to receive light from the visual display sign under test after the light passes through the light integrating and collecting portion. The system can also include a computer having a processor and memory operably coupled to the color measurement device. The computer is configured to calculate correction factors for color and brightness data from the color measurement device.12-16-2010
20130155090STATIC IMAGE POWER MANAGEMENT - This disclosure describes techniques for reducing power consumption of a display device. According to these techniques, a display device is configured to determine whether an image to be displayed by the display device has become static. In response to identifying such a static image, the display device may operate in a static image mode. According to the static image mode, the display device may read a current frame of image data, modify the current frame of image data to generate a modified frame of image data with a reduced size, and store the modified image data in memory. The display device may read the modified image data from memory to present the static image, which may reduce power consumption of the display device.06-20-2013
20130155091Color Adjustment Device, Method for Adjusting Color and Display for the Same - The present invention provides a color adjustment device, a method of adjusting color and a display device for the same. In the beginning, it measures a plurality of tristimulus sets at various white grayscales on a LCD panel, converts the multiple tristimulus sets into a plurality of chromatic sets (x06-20-2013
20130155092ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN FIRST DISPLAY AND SECOND DISPLAY - An electronic device includes a first display for displaying static images, and a second display for displaying dynamic images. The first display includes a plurality of first pixels, and the second display includes a plurality of white pixels. The first display is stacked on the second display, and the plurality of first pixels respectively correspond to the plurality of white pixels.06-20-2013
20120281008COLOR CORRECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYS - Method and apparatus for adjusting the display characteristics of an electronic display, such as a computer or television display. The display is color corrected, e.g., at the factory, to measure its white point correction, gamma and gray tracking correction, and the gain correction over time as the display warms up. Moreover the white point correction and the gamma correction are performed on a per unit basis for each individual display to be manufactured. The resulting correction parameters are stored in memory or firmware associated with the display. Thereby when the display is in use, it performs compensation for white point, gray tracking and gain correction as the display warms up, each time it is powered up or when its thermal operation conditions change.11-08-2012
20090058873Multiprimary Color Subpixel Rendering With Metameric Filtering - Systems and methods of rendering image data to multiprimary displays that adjust image data across metamers are herein disclosed. The metamer filtering may be based upon input image content and may optimize subpixel values to improve image rendering accuracy or perception. The optimizations may be made according to many possible desired effects. One embodiment comprises a display system comprising: a display, said display comprising at least a first set of subpixels and a second set of subpixels further comprising at least one metamer; an input image data unit; a spatial frequency detection unit, said spatial frequency detection unit extracting a spatial frequency characteristic from said input image data; and an adjustment unit, said adjustment unit adjusting image data of said first set and said second set of subpixels according to said spatial frequency characteristic.03-05-2009
20130182002SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MOBILE IMAGE CAPTURE AND PROCESSING - In various embodiments, methods, systems, and computer program products for processing digital images captured by a mobile device are disclosed. Myriad features enable and/or facilitate processing of such digital images using a mobile device that would otherwise be technically impossible or impractical, and furthermore address unique challenges presented by images captured using a camera rather than a traditional flat-bed scanner, paper-feed scanner, or multifunction peripheral.07-18-2013
20130182003Method and System for Executing a Graphics Application - A system, program product and method of executing a predefined graphics application on objects belonging to a rendered image. The method comprises receiving an array of properties representing properties of the image objects and a mapping data structure. The mapping data structure maps pixel locations in the rendered image to indices in the array of properties. In response to the reception of a user input identifying the location of a given object in the rendered image the method comprises the following steps: (i) determining from the mapping data structure an object index for the designated object using the location of the given object; (ii) retrieving the properties of the designated object from the array of properties at the object index; and (iii) executing the predefined graphics application using the properties determined in step ii for the designated object.07-18-2013
20110310114DISPLAY APPARATUS AND NPR PROCESSING METHOD APPLIED THERETO - A display apparatus and a Non-Photorealistic Rendering process (NPR) are provided. The display apparatus includes: an image processor which processes an NPR with respect to an image so that brightness of a pixel having a brightness value less than a predetermined brightness value is reduced and a brightness of a pixel having a brightness value greater than the predetermined brightness value is increased. Accordingly, a cartoon effect can be maximized.12-22-2011
20110310113DISPLAYING GENERATED CHANGES TO AN IMAGE FILE - Editing an image file is disclosed. Editing includes generating a plurality of machine generated changes to the image file, individually displaying each of the plurality of machine generated changes, and selectively implementing at least one of the plurality of machine generated changes.12-22-2011
20110310112Method for statistical visualization of client service events - For every business interaction with customers consists of cases and each case consists of sequence of events: First_Contact_Customer, . . . intermediate events, . . . Case_Closed. The most important characteristics are frequencies of transitions between events and mean time between events (MTBE, TBE) for each type of cases. Type of cases could be type of customer, group of products, branch of enterprise, geographical area, etc. Existed methods of visualization (the most popular of them are MS Excel pivot charts) could not visualize two characteristics (Frequency and MTBE) simultaneously to locate business problems.12-22-2011
20120019548PIXEL-FEATURE HYBRID FUSION FOR PET/CT IMAGES - An image display method comprises: color coding a second image respective to an intensity spectrum with a portion or portions (01-26-2012
20120019547APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING AUGMENTED REALITY USING ADDITIONAL DATA - An augmented reality (AR) providing apparatus includes a first data acquiring unit to acquire first data of a target object, a second data acquiring unit to acquire second data, and an image processor to obtain a representative image based on the first data and to modify the representative image based on the second data. A method for providing AR includes acquiring first data for a target object, acquiring second data from a source associated with the target object or a user of an AR providing apparatus, obtaining a representative image related to the first data, and modifying the representative image based on the second data.01-26-2012
20130194291IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a storage which stores a transformed image and attribute information indicating a content of the image transformation, a display controller which reads and displays the transformed image stored in the storage, a processor which processes an image in an arbitrary portion in the image displayed by the display controller, and an image update module which updates the image in the portion, which is processed by the processor, according to the attribute information stored in the storage.08-01-2013
20120026183VISUAL FIELD IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE FOR EYEGLASSES AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING VISUAL FIELD IMAGE FOR EYEGLASSES - A visual field image display device for spectacles capable of displaying a retinal image by simulation corresponding to change even in visual line direction. A visual field image display device for spectacles adapted to display a retinal image seen when wearing a progressive-addition lens by simulation includes: an image processing section adapted to create the retinal image by performing a processing of adding blur and distortion to data of an original image in a visual field corresponding to the direction of a visual line of an eye of a person in a state where the person wears the progressive-addition lens, wherein the blur and distortion correspond to a passing point of the visual line on the progressive-addition lens; and a display section adapted to display the retinal image created by the image processing section.02-02-2012
20120032969MULTI-DISPLAY SYSTEM - A multi-display system includes a test pattern display controller that causes a test pattern to be displayed in a predetermined display region on a periphery of an LCD module of each image display device, an optical transmitting unit that constitutes a plurality of transmission channels each capable of transmitting an emitted light from each of the display regions, a spectral radiance sensor that detects spectral characteristics of the emitted light transmitted by each of the transmission channels, and an adjustment unit that adjusts, based on the spectral characteristics detected by the spectral radiance sensor, luminance and chromaticity of the image display device having the LCD module that has outputted the emitted light having the spectral characteristics so that the difference from luminance and chromaticity of the adjacent image display devices decreases.02-09-2012
20120293531IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PIXEL ARRAY OF FLAT DISPLAY PANEL - An image processing method of a flat display panel includes the following steps. A pixel array including a plurality of display units is provided, and each display unit includes two sub-pixels. An image-signal-to-be-processed is provided. The image-signal-to-be-processed includes a plurality of pixel data, and each of the pixel data includes three primary color data of three different primary colors. A display signal generating process is performed to write two primary color data selected from at least one pixel data of the image-signal-to-be-processed to two sub-pixels of the display unit of the pixel array.11-22-2012
20120293527SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAY OF CONTROLS AND RELATED DATA WITHIN A STRUCTURE - The system helps facility managers and other users to efficiently navigate through a building or complex of buildings, and quickly gather information for (and control) individual building systems or groups of systems. A method includes displaying an image representing at least a portion of a building; and displaying a gradient indicator representing a parameter associated with a zone of the building, wherein the gradient indicator is displayed with the image in accordance with the zone for the parameter.11-22-2012
20130201199INITIATION OF ACTIONS BY A PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICE FROM A LOCKED STATE - A method and apparatus for performing an action while a portable computing device is in a locked state is disclosed. An unlock image is displayed in a first region of a touch-sensitive display. Responsive to detecting contact with the touch-sensitive display at the first region, an action image is displayed in a second region of the touch-sensitive display. While the unlock image remains stationary at the first region, movement of the contact with the touch-sensitive display is detected and a direction of movement of the contact is determined. Responsive to determining the direction of movement of the contact is towards the action image, the action image is visually modified to distinguish it from the unlock image. Responsive to the contact with the touch-sensitive display reaching the second region, an action associated with the action image is performed.08-08-2013
20130201200Auto White Balance Algorithm Using RGB Product Measure - A method and device is provided for adjusting the white balance of a digital image by adjusting the values assigned to the red, green, and blue subpixels of a pixel in the image. The adjustment to the subpixels is determined by identifying pixels in the image that have an RGB product greater than a threshold value, wherein the threshold value is based at least in part on an average of the RGB products of each pixel in the image and a variance between the RGB products of the pixels and the average of the RGB products.08-08-2013
20130201201OBJECT DISPLAY DEVICE, OBJECT DISPLAY METHOD, AND OBJECT DISPLAY PROGRAM - An object display device includes: an image acquisition unit for acquiring an image in real space; a shade computation unit for acquiring shade information indicating an appearance position of a shadow in real space; an image processing unit for correcting the image in real space or an image of a marker stored in advance, so as to eliminate the effects of a shadow, based on the shade information; a marker sensing unit for extracting the marker from the image in real space using the image in real space and the image of the marker at least one of which is corrected; and a display unit for overlaying a virtual object associated with the marker on the image in real space.08-08-2013
20130100156PORTABLE TERMINAL CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT THEREOF - Disclosed is a method for controlling a backlight of a portable terminal, which includes from a memory previously stored backlight brightness values that correspond to a backlight steps, retrieving a stored brightness value corresponding to one of a plurality of brightness steps selected by a user, regulating the brightness of the portable terminal according to the retrieved brightness value, and displaying the currently selected brightness step on the display unit, wherein the brightness steps correspond to incremental levels of brightness.04-25-2013
20130100153INFORMATION GENERATING PROGRAM, INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD, AND INFORMATION GENERATING APPARATUS - A computer-readable medium stores a program causing a computer to execute a process including selecting a model from a storage device storing assembly data of an assembly; projecting in multiple directions, the selected model to a first area in a color different from a background color of the first area to generate first projection images, and to a second area equivalent in size to the first area, the model in a different color and another model in the same color as the background color, to generate second projection images; comparing the first and second projection images, according to verification direction to calculate scores indicating matching degree between the projection images; and determining as a disassembly direction for the model, a direction opposite to the verification direction of the projection image having the highest calculated score, to associate and store the disassembly direction and the model to the storage device.04-25-2013
20120069045DRAWN IMAGE SHARING APPARATUS - A drawn image sharing apparatus for allowing images drawn on plural drawing objects to be shared among the drawing objects includes an image receive unit configured to receive an image transmitted from one or more other drawn image sharing apparatuses; an image display unit configured to display the image received by the image receive unit on a drawing object; a shared area image acquiring unit configured to acquire an image of a shared area of the image displayed by the image display unit; a difference image generating unit configured to generate a difference image indicating a difference in the shared area between the image displayed by the image display unit and the image acquired by the shared area image acquiring unit; and an image transmit unit configured to transmit the difference image to the one or more other drawn image sharing apparatuses.03-22-2012
20120069038Image Processing Method and Image Display System Utilizing the Same - An image display system including an adjuster, a first analysis module, a second analysis module and a brightness compensation module is disclosed. The adjuster utilizes a specific method and a depth information to adjust a processed image to generate a first image and a second image. The first analysis module analyzes the first image to obtain a first image distribution result. The second analysis module analyzes the second image to obtain a second image distribution result. The brightness compensation module adjusts brightness of the first and the second images according to the first and the second image distribution results. The adjusted first image serves as a left-eye image component and the adjusted second image serves as a right-eye image component.03-22-2012
20120299942MODIFYING COLOR ADJUSTMENT CHOICES BASED ON IMAGE CHARACTERISTICS IN AN IMAGE EDITING SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a system and method for dynamically reducing the number of choices by reordering the selectable menu options in each menu of a color adjustment tool based on image content, selections in other menus, and usage history. Color names and color modifiers are reduced and/or reordered through image analysis, with most frequently occurring colors being placed at the top of the menu and excluding less frequently used or unused colors from the menu. Adjustment adjectives are reduced by eliminating nonsensical or rare color adjustment combinations (e.g. make the grays much more colorful, make the blues yellower), and/or reordered based on usage history, either by the individual user or by aggregating over many users.11-29-2012
20120075324IMPROVED DATA VISUALIZATION METHODS - A method of creating a graphical representation of data points in the form of a heatmap wherein the heatmap represents a plurality of multi-directional flow values between the data points, the method including the steps of positioning data points on a heatmap for graphical representation, calculating bi-directional flow values between at least a first and second data point, determining the intensity and direction of a predominant flow from the bi-directional flow values, and graphically representing the predominant flow and bi-directional flows between the data points in the heatmap.03-29-2012
20120086721DISPLAY-COLOR FUNCTION IMAGE CONVERSION - A display system includes a display-color function image generator and a DCF image converter. The DCF image generator generates a DCF image from a source image. In the DCF image, each pixel is associated with a respective DCF configured to convert an input value to a display color value. The DCF image generator inputs values to respective DCFs to convert the DCF image to a displayable image having pixels associated with respective display colors.04-12-2012
20130207988USER INTERFACE (UI) COLOR SCHEME GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT ACCORDING TO VISUAL CONSISTENCY OF VISUAL ATTRIBUTES IN THE COLOR SCHEME - Embodiments of the invention provide a method of generating a UI visual presentation attribute scheme while preserving visual consistency of selected visual presentation attributes in the color scheme is provided. The method includes establishing a hierarchy of UI elements in a directed acyclic graph of nodes. The method yet further includes computing a visual presentation attribute for each child node of the hierarchy descending from a selected parent node according to an established transformation rule. Finally, the method includes exporting the hierarchy into a visual presentation attribute scheme. To the extent the visual presentation attribute is a color, the visual presentation attribute scheme can be a color scheme applicable to an application to define the color scheme of the application.08-15-2013